* commit 'f1b239ec8b38474d31f3bfea1f0b1693774fa432':
  drawtext: Add fontconfig support
Conflicts:
	configure
	doc/filters.texi
	libavfilter/vf_drawtext.c
See: 40b7a27bad
Merged-by: Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			10423 lines
		
	
	
		
			281 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			10423 lines
		
	
	
		
			281 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Plaintext
		
	
	
	
	
	
@chapter Filtering Introduction
 | 
						|
@c man begin FILTERING INTRODUCTION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
 | 
						|
outputs.
 | 
						|
To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the
 | 
						|
following filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
                [main]
 | 
						|
input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
 | 
						|
            |                             ^
 | 
						|
            |[tmp]                  [flip]|
 | 
						|
            +-----> crop --> vflip -------+
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then sends one
 | 
						|
stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter, before merging it
 | 
						|
back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the
 | 
						|
following command to achieve this:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored
 | 
						|
onto the bottom half of the output video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct
 | 
						|
linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
 | 
						|
@var{crop,vflip} are in one linear chain, @var{split} and
 | 
						|
@var{overlay} are separately in another. The points where the linear
 | 
						|
chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the
 | 
						|
example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to
 | 
						|
the labels @var{[main]} and @var{[tmp]}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The stream sent to the second output of @var{split}, labelled as
 | 
						|
@var{[tmp]}, is processed through the @var{crop} filter, which crops
 | 
						|
away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
 | 
						|
@var{overlay} filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the
 | 
						|
split filter (which was labelled as @var{[main]}), and overlay on its
 | 
						|
lower half the output generated by the @var{crop,vflip} filterchain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified
 | 
						|
after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other
 | 
						|
by a colon.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
There exist so-called @var{source filters} that do not have an
 | 
						|
audio/video input, and @var{sink filters} that will not have audio/video
 | 
						|
output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end FILTERING INTRODUCTION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter graph2dot
 | 
						|
@c man begin GRAPH2DOT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @file{graph2dot} program included in the FFmpeg @file{tools}
 | 
						|
directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a
 | 
						|
corresponding textual representation in the dot language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Invoke the command:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
graph2dot -h
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
to see how to use @file{graph2dot}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
You can then pass the dot description to the @file{dot} program (from
 | 
						|
the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
 | 
						|
of the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example the sequence of commands:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
echo @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} | \
 | 
						|
tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
 | 
						|
dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
 | 
						|
display graph.png
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
 | 
						|
described by the @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string. Note that this string must be
 | 
						|
a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.
 | 
						|
For example if your command line is of the form:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
your @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string will need to be of the form:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
you may also need to set the @var{nullsrc} parameters and add a @var{format}
 | 
						|
filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end GRAPH2DOT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Filtergraph description
 | 
						|
@c man begin FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain
 | 
						|
cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of
 | 
						|
filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one
 | 
						|
filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
 | 
						|
side connecting it to one filter accepting its output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
 | 
						|
registered in the application, which defines the features and the
 | 
						|
number of input and output pads of the filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a filter with no
 | 
						|
output pads is called a "sink".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{Filtergraph syntax}
 | 
						|
@section Filtergraph syntax
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is
 | 
						|
recognized by the @option{-filter}/@option{-vf} and @option{-filter_complex}
 | 
						|
options in @command{ffmpeg} and @option{-vf} in @command{ffplay}, and by the
 | 
						|
@code{avfilter_graph_parse()}/@code{avfilter_graph_parse2()} functions defined in
 | 
						|
@file{libavfilter/avfilter.h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one
 | 
						|
connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
 | 
						|
represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of
 | 
						|
filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain
 | 
						|
descriptions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filter is represented by a string of the form:
 | 
						|
[@var{in_link_1}]...[@var{in_link_N}]@var{filter_name}=@var{arguments}[@var{out_link_1}]...[@var{out_link_M}]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{filter_name} is the name of the filter class of which the
 | 
						|
described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of
 | 
						|
the filter classes registered in the program.
 | 
						|
The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
 | 
						|
"=@var{arguments}".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{arguments} is a string which contains the parameters used to
 | 
						|
initialize the filter instance. It may have one of two forms:
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A ':'-separated list of @var{key=value} pairs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A ':'-separated list of @var{value}. In this case, the keys are assumed to be
 | 
						|
the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the @code{fade} filter
 | 
						|
declares three options in this order -- @option{type}, @option{start_frame} and
 | 
						|
@option{nb_frames}. Then the parameter list @var{in:0:30} means that the value
 | 
						|
@var{in} is assigned to the option @option{type}, @var{0} to
 | 
						|
@option{start_frame} and @var{30} to @option{nb_frames}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A ':'-separated list of mixed direct @var{value} and long @var{key=value}
 | 
						|
pairs. The direct @var{value} must precede the @var{key=value} pairs, and
 | 
						|
follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following
 | 
						|
@var{key=value} pairs can be set in any preferred order.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the @code{format} filter
 | 
						|
takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by
 | 
						|
'|'.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial
 | 
						|
and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters
 | 
						|
within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered
 | 
						|
terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
 | 
						|
"[]=;,") is encountered.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
 | 
						|
followed by a list of link labels.
 | 
						|
A link label allows one to name a link and associate it to a filter output
 | 
						|
or input pad. The preceding labels @var{in_link_1}
 | 
						|
... @var{in_link_N}, are associated to the filter input pads,
 | 
						|
the following labels @var{out_link_1} ... @var{out_link_M}, are
 | 
						|
associated to the output pads.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When two link labels with the same name are found in the
 | 
						|
filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
 | 
						|
created.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first
 | 
						|
unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain.
 | 
						|
For example in the filterchain
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter
 | 
						|
instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
 | 
						|
"L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second
 | 
						|
output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay,
 | 
						|
which are both unlabelled.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output
 | 
						|
pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
 | 
						|
filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Libavfilter will automatically insert @ref{scale} filters where format
 | 
						|
conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags
 | 
						|
for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
 | 
						|
@code{sws_flags=@var{flags};}
 | 
						|
to the filtergraph description.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{NAME}             ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
 | 
						|
@var{LINKLABEL}        ::= "[" @var{NAME} "]"
 | 
						|
@var{LINKLABELS}       ::= @var{LINKLABEL} [@var{LINKLABELS}]
 | 
						|
@var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS} ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)
 | 
						|
@var{FILTER}           ::= [@var{LINKLABELS}] @var{NAME} ["=" @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS}] [@var{LINKLABELS}]
 | 
						|
@var{FILTERCHAIN}      ::= @var{FILTER} [,@var{FILTERCHAIN}]
 | 
						|
@var{FILTERGRAPH}      ::= [sws_flags=@var{flags};] @var{FILTERCHAIN} [;@var{FILTERGRAPH}]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section Notes on filtergraph escaping
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of
 | 
						|
escaping. See @ref{quoting_and_escaping,,the "Quoting and escaping"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} for more
 | 
						|
information about the employed escaping procedure.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option
 | 
						|
value, which may contain the special character @code{:} used to
 | 
						|
separate values, or one of the escaping characters @code{\'}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which
 | 
						|
may contain the escaping characters @code{\'} or the special
 | 
						|
characters @code{[],;} used by the filtergraph description.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you
 | 
						|
need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special
 | 
						|
characters contained within it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, consider the following string to be embedded in
 | 
						|
the @ref{drawtext} filter description @option{text} value:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This string contains the @code{'} special escaping character, and the
 | 
						|
@code{:} special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
 | 
						|
description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
 | 
						|
filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
(note that in addition to the @code{\'} escaping special characters,
 | 
						|
also @code{,} needs to be escaped).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the
 | 
						|
filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the
 | 
						|
escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
 | 
						|
@code{\} is special and needs to be escaped with another @code{\}, the
 | 
						|
previous string will finally result in:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
-vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Timeline editing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Some filters support a generic @option{enable} option. For the filters
 | 
						|
supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is
 | 
						|
evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero,
 | 
						|
the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the
 | 
						|
next filter in the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expression accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Additionally, these filters support an @option{enable} command that can be used
 | 
						|
to re-define the expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Like any other filtering option, the @option{enable} option follows the same
 | 
						|
rules.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to enable a blur filter (@ref{smartblur}) from 10 seconds to 3
 | 
						|
minutes, and a @ref{curves} filter starting at 3 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
 | 
						|
curves    = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Audio Filters
 | 
						|
@c man begin AUDIO FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
 | 
						|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
 | 
						|
The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
 | 
						|
build.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section aconvert
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert the input audio format to the specified formats.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@emph{This filter is deprecated. Use @ref{aformat} instead.}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts a string of the form:
 | 
						|
"@var{sample_format}:@var{channel_layout}".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{sample_format} specifies the sample format, and can be a string or the
 | 
						|
corresponding numeric value defined in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}. Use 'p'
 | 
						|
suffix for a planar sample format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{channel_layout} specifies the channel layout, and can be a string
 | 
						|
or the corresponding number value defined in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The special parameter "auto", signifies that the filter will
 | 
						|
automatically select the output format depending on the output filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert input to float, planar, stereo:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aconvert=fltp:stereo
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert input to unsigned 8-bit, automatically select out channel layout:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aconvert=u8:auto
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section adelay
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Delay one or more audio channels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following option:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item delays
 | 
						|
Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.
 | 
						|
At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided.
 | 
						|
Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is
 | 
						|
smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be delayed.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave
 | 
						|
the second channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
adelay=1500|0|500
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section aecho
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply echoing to the input audio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains
 | 
						|
(and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo
 | 
						|
effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
 | 
						|
sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the
 | 
						|
original signal and the reflection is the @code{delay}, and the
 | 
						|
loudness of the reflected signal is the @code{decay}.
 | 
						|
Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item in_gain
 | 
						|
Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.6}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_gain
 | 
						|
Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.3}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item delays
 | 
						|
Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections
 | 
						|
separated by '|'. Allowed range for each @code{delay} is @code{(0 - 90000.0]}.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1000}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item decays
 | 
						|
Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by '|'.
 | 
						|
Allowed range for each @code{decay} is @code{(0 - 1.0]}.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{0.5}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
If delay is very short, then it sound like a (metallic) robot playing music:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Same as above but with one more mountain:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section aeval
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel),
 | 
						|
which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio signal.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item exprs
 | 
						|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If
 | 
						|
the number of input channels is greater than the number of
 | 
						|
expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining
 | 
						|
output channels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout, c
 | 
						|
Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is
 | 
						|
specified by the number of expressions. If set to @samp{same}, it will
 | 
						|
use by default the same input channel layout.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants and functions:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item ch
 | 
						|
channel number of the current expression
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
sample rate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_in_channels
 | 
						|
@item nb_out_channels
 | 
						|
input and output number of channels
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item val(CH)
 | 
						|
the value of input channel with number @var{CH}
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a
 | 
						|
dedicated filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Half volume:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Invert phase of the second channel:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
eval=val(0)|-val(1)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section afade
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item type, t
 | 
						|
Specify the effect type, can be either @code{in} for fade-in, or
 | 
						|
@code{out} for a fade-out effect. Default is @code{in}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_sample, ss
 | 
						|
Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
 | 
						|
effect. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples, ns
 | 
						|
Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
 | 
						|
the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
 | 
						|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
 | 
						|
the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_time, st
 | 
						|
Specify time for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
The accepted syntax is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
 | 
						|
[-]S+[.m...]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
 | 
						|
If set this option is used instead of @var{start_sample} one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Specify the duration for which the fade effect has to last. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
The accepted syntax is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
 | 
						|
[-]S+[.m...]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
 | 
						|
At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
 | 
						|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
 | 
						|
the output audio will be silence.
 | 
						|
If set this option is used instead of @var{nb_samples} one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item curve
 | 
						|
Set curve for fade transition.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item tri
 | 
						|
select triangular, linear slope (default)
 | 
						|
@item qsin
 | 
						|
select quarter of sine wave
 | 
						|
@item hsin
 | 
						|
select half of sine wave
 | 
						|
@item esin
 | 
						|
select exponential sine wave
 | 
						|
@item log
 | 
						|
select logarithmic
 | 
						|
@item par
 | 
						|
select inverted parabola
 | 
						|
@item qua
 | 
						|
select quadratic
 | 
						|
@item cub
 | 
						|
select cubic
 | 
						|
@item squ
 | 
						|
select square root
 | 
						|
@item cbr
 | 
						|
select cubic root
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
afade=t=out:st=875:d=25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{aformat}
 | 
						|
@section aformat
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will
 | 
						|
negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_fmts
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rates
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layouts
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See @ref{channel layout syntax,,the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
 | 
						|
for the required syntax.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section allpass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
 | 
						|
@var{frequency}, and filter-width @var{width}.
 | 
						|
An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship
 | 
						|
without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set frequency in Hz.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section amerge
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item inputs
 | 
						|
Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible,
 | 
						|
the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels
 | 
						|
will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not
 | 
						|
disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all
 | 
						|
the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of
 | 
						|
the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of
 | 
						|
channels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input
 | 
						|
is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the
 | 
						|
following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the
 | 
						|
first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be
 | 
						|
in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be
 | 
						|
arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the
 | 
						|
shortest.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in @file{input.mkv}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section amix
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the
 | 
						|
first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item inputs
 | 
						|
The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration
 | 
						|
How to determine the end-of-stream.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item longest
 | 
						|
The duration of the longest input. (default)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shortest
 | 
						|
The duration of the shortest input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item first
 | 
						|
The duration of the first input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dropout_transition
 | 
						|
The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
 | 
						|
stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section anull
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section apad
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pad the end of a audio stream with silence, this can be used together with
 | 
						|
-shortest to extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section aphaser
 | 
						|
Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.
 | 
						|
The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item in_gain
 | 
						|
Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_gain
 | 
						|
Set output gain. Default is 0.74
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item delay
 | 
						|
Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item decay
 | 
						|
Set decay. Default is 0.4.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item speed
 | 
						|
Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item type
 | 
						|
Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item triangular, t
 | 
						|
@item sinusoidal, s
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{aresample}
 | 
						|
@section aresample
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the
 | 
						|
libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will
 | 
						|
automatically convert between its input and output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match
 | 
						|
the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the
 | 
						|
timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the syntax
 | 
						|
[@var{sample_rate}:]@var{resampler_options}, where @var{sample_rate}
 | 
						|
expresses a sample rate and @var{resampler_options} is a list of
 | 
						|
@var{key}=@var{value} pairs, separated by ":". See the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aresample=44100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
 | 
						|
samples per second compensation:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aresample=async=1000
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section asetnsamples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as
 | 
						|
the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
 | 
						|
signal its end.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_out_samples, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
 | 
						|
intended as the number of samples @emph{per each channel}.
 | 
						|
Default value is 1024.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pad, p
 | 
						|
If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so
 | 
						|
that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
 | 
						|
previous ones. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
 | 
						|
disable padding for the last frame, use:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section asetrate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data.
 | 
						|
This will result in a change of speed and pitch.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section ashowinfo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.
 | 
						|
The input audio is not modified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
 | 
						|
@var{key}:@var{value}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base
 | 
						|
depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/@var{sample_rate}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts_time
 | 
						|
The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
 | 
						|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fmt
 | 
						|
The sample format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chlayout
 | 
						|
The channel layout.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate
 | 
						|
The sample rate for the audio frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples
 | 
						|
The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item checksum
 | 
						|
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar
 | 
						|
audio, the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item plane_checksums
 | 
						|
A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section astats
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels.
 | 
						|
Statistics are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and,
 | 
						|
where applicable, an overall figure is also given.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following option:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item length
 | 
						|
Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{0.05} (50 miliseconds). Allowed range is @code{[0.1 - 10]}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item DC offset
 | 
						|
Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Min level
 | 
						|
Minimal sample level.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Max level
 | 
						|
Maximal sample level.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Peak level dB
 | 
						|
@item RMS level dB
 | 
						|
Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item RMS peak dB
 | 
						|
@item RMS trough dB
 | 
						|
Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Crest factor
 | 
						|
Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Flat factor
 | 
						|
Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels
 | 
						|
(i.e. either @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item Peak count
 | 
						|
Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either
 | 
						|
@var{Min level} or @var{Max level}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section astreamsync
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item expr, e
 | 
						|
Set the expression deciding which stream should be
 | 
						|
forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if
 | 
						|
the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use
 | 
						|
the following variables:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @var
 | 
						|
@item b1 b2
 | 
						|
number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream
 | 
						|
@item s1 s2
 | 
						|
number of samples forwarded so far on each stream
 | 
						|
@item t1 t2
 | 
						|
current timestamp of each stream
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{t1-t2}, which means to always forward the stream
 | 
						|
that has a smaller timestamp.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Stress-test @code{amerge} by randomly sending buffers on the wrong
 | 
						|
input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ;
 | 
						|
[a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ;
 | 
						|
[a2] [b2] amerge
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section asyncts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or
 | 
						|
dropping samples/adding silence when needed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter is not built by default, please use @ref{aresample} to do squeezing/stretching.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item compensate
 | 
						|
Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled
 | 
						|
by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item min_delta
 | 
						|
The minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger
 | 
						|
adding/dropping samples. The default value is 0.1. If you get an imperfect
 | 
						|
sync with this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max_comp
 | 
						|
The maximum compensation in samples per second. Only relevant with compensate=1.
 | 
						|
The default value is 500.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item first_pts
 | 
						|
Assume that the first PTS should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample
 | 
						|
rate. This allows for padding/trimming at the start of the stream. By default,
 | 
						|
no assumption is made about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or
 | 
						|
trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
 | 
						|
silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples
 | 
						|
with a negative PTS due to encoder delay.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section atempo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Adjust audio tempo.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
 | 
						|
specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must
 | 
						|
be in the [0.5, 2.0] range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Slow down audio to 80% tempo:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
atempo=0.8
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
To speed up audio to 125% tempo:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
atempo=1.25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section atrim
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item start
 | 
						|
Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio
 | 
						|
sample with the timestamp @var{start} will be the first sample in the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end
 | 
						|
Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the
 | 
						|
audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be
 | 
						|
the last sample in the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_pts
 | 
						|
Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples
 | 
						|
instead of seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_pts
 | 
						|
Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead
 | 
						|
of seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration
 | 
						|
The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_sample
 | 
						|
The number of the first sample that should be output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_sample
 | 
						|
The number of the first sample that should be dropped.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time
 | 
						|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
 | 
						|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the
 | 
						|
samples that pass through the filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will
 | 
						|
give different results when the timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at
 | 
						|
zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish
 | 
						|
to have the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the
 | 
						|
atrim filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
 | 
						|
keep all samples that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
 | 
						|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim
 | 
						|
filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
 | 
						|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Examples:
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Drop everything except the second minute of input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Keep only the first 1000 samples:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section bandpass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central
 | 
						|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width width.
 | 
						|
The @var{csg} option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
 | 
						|
instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.
 | 
						|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item csg
 | 
						|
Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section bandreject
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central
 | 
						|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width @var{width}.
 | 
						|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section bass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
 | 
						|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
 | 
						|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item gain, g
 | 
						|
Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20
 | 
						|
(for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost).
 | 
						|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
 | 
						|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{100} Hz.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section biquad
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.
 | 
						|
Where @var{b0}, @var{b1}, @var{b2} and @var{a0}, @var{a1}, @var{a2}
 | 
						|
are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section channelmap
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Remap input channels to new locations.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout
 | 
						|
The channel layout of the output stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map
 | 
						|
Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
 | 
						|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} or
 | 
						|
@var{in_channel} form. @var{in_channel} can be either the name of the input
 | 
						|
channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
 | 
						|
@var{out_channel} is the name of the output channel or its index in the output
 | 
						|
channel layout. If @var{out_channel} is not given then it is implicitly an
 | 
						|
index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to
 | 
						|
output channels, preserving indices.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file,
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of
 | 
						|
the input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section channelsplit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Split each channel from an input audio stream into a separate output stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout
 | 
						|
The channel layout of the input stream. The default is "stereo".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file,
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only
 | 
						|
the left channel and the other the right channel.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
 | 
						|
'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
 | 
						|
-map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
 | 
						|
front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
 | 
						|
side_right.wav
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section compand
 | 
						|
Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item attacks
 | 
						|
@item decays
 | 
						|
A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous level
 | 
						|
of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume. @var{attacks} refers to
 | 
						|
increase of volume and @var{decays} refers to decrease of volume. For most
 | 
						|
situations, the attack time (response to the audio getting louder) should be
 | 
						|
shorter than the decay time, because the human ear is more sensitive to sudden
 | 
						|
loud audio than sudden soft audio. A typical value for attack is 0.3 seconds and
 | 
						|
a typical value for decay is 0.8 seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item points
 | 
						|
A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to the
 | 
						|
maximum possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must be defined using
 | 
						|
the following syntax: @code{x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|....} or
 | 
						|
@code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ....}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer function
 | 
						|
does not have to be monotonically rising. The point @code{0/0} is assumed but
 | 
						|
may be overridden (by @code{0/out-dBn}). Typical values for the transfer
 | 
						|
function are @code{-70/-70|-60/-20}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item soft-knee
 | 
						|
Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gain
 | 
						|
Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer
 | 
						|
function. This allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain.
 | 
						|
It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item volume
 | 
						|
Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when filtering
 | 
						|
starts. This permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that, for
 | 
						|
example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before the
 | 
						|
companding has begun to operate. A typical value for audio which is initially
 | 
						|
quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item delay
 | 
						|
Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but audio is
 | 
						|
delayed before being fed to the volume adjuster. Specifying a delay
 | 
						|
approximately equal to the attack/decay times allows the filter to effectively
 | 
						|
operate in predictive rather than reactive mode. It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in a
 | 
						|
noisy environment:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level
 | 
						|
than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section earwax
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio
 | 
						|
so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
 | 
						|
inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of
 | 
						|
the listener (standard for speakers).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Ported from SoX.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section equalizer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this
 | 
						|
filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can
 | 
						|
be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject
 | 
						|
filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
 | 
						|
be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gain, g
 | 
						|
Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.
 | 
						|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section highpass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
 | 
						|
The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default).
 | 
						|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item poles, p
 | 
						|
Set number of poles. Default is 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
Applies only to double-pole filter.
 | 
						|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section join
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item inputs
 | 
						|
The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout
 | 
						|
The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map
 | 
						|
Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
 | 
						|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{input_idx}.@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}}
 | 
						|
form. @var{input_idx} is the 0-based index of the input stream. @var{in_channel}
 | 
						|
can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its
 | 
						|
index in the specified input stream. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output
 | 
						|
channel.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when they are not specified
 | 
						|
explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel
 | 
						|
and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
 | 
						|
'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
 | 
						|
out
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section ladspa
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-ladspa}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item file, f
 | 
						|
Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment
 | 
						|
variable @env{LADSPA_PATH} is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in
 | 
						|
each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in
 | 
						|
@env{LADSPA_PATH}, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in
 | 
						|
this order: @file{HOME/.ladspa/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/ladspa/},
 | 
						|
@file{/usr/lib/ladspa/}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item plugin, p
 | 
						|
Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only
 | 
						|
one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter
 | 
						|
will list all available plugins within the specified library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item controls, c
 | 
						|
Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point
 | 
						|
values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
 | 
						|
threshold or gain).
 | 
						|
Controls need to be defined using the following syntax:
 | 
						|
c0=@var{value0}|c1=@var{value1}|c2=@var{value2}|..., where
 | 
						|
@var{valuei} is the value set on the @var{i}-th control.
 | 
						|
If @option{controls} is set to @code{help}, all available controls and
 | 
						|
their valid ranges are printed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate, s
 | 
						|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have
 | 
						|
zero inputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default
 | 
						|
is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function
 | 
						|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format, also check the "Time duration"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration,
 | 
						|
as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete frame.
 | 
						|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
 | 
						|
supposed to be generated forever.
 | 
						|
Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=file=amp
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
List all available controls and their valid ranges for @code{vcf_notch}
 | 
						|
plugin from @code{VCF} library:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Simulate low quality audio equipment using @code{Computer Music Toolkit} (CMT)
 | 
						|
plugin library:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins
 | 
						|
(Tom's Audio Processing plugins):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin @code{C* Click - Metronome} from the
 | 
						|
@code{C* Audio Plugin Suite} (CAPS) library:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply @code{C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser} effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item cN
 | 
						|
Modify the @var{N}-th control value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section lowpass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
 | 
						|
The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default).
 | 
						|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item poles, p
 | 
						|
Set number of poles. Default is 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
 | 
						|
Applies only to double-pole filter.
 | 
						|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section pan
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output
 | 
						|
channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter is also designed to remap efficiently the channels of an audio
 | 
						|
stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts parameters of the form:
 | 
						|
"@var{l}:@var{outdef}:@var{outdef}:..."
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item l
 | 
						|
output channel layout or number of channels
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item outdef
 | 
						|
output channel specification, of the form:
 | 
						|
"@var{out_name}=[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}[+[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}...]"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_name
 | 
						|
output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel
 | 
						|
number (c0, c1, etc.)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gain
 | 
						|
multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_name
 | 
						|
input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
 | 
						|
named and numbered input channels
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for
 | 
						|
that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus
 | 
						|
avoiding clipping noise.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Mixing examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger
 | 
						|
factor for the left channel:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan=1:c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and
 | 
						|
7-channels surround:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan=stereo: FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL : FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that @command{ffmpeg} integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system
 | 
						|
that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific
 | 
						|
needs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Remapping examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,
 | 
						|
@item only one input per channel output,
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure
 | 
						|
channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the
 | 
						|
remapping.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by
 | 
						|
dropping the extra channels:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan="stereo: c0=FL : c1=FR"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels
 | 
						|
and keep the input channel layout:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan="5.1: c0=c1 : c1=c0 : c2=c2 : c3=c3 : c4=c4 : c5=c5"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and
 | 
						|
still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan="stereo:c1=c1"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both
 | 
						|
front left and right:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pan="stereo: c0=FR : c1=FR"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section replaygain
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and
 | 
						|
outputs it unchanged.
 | 
						|
At end of filtering it displays @code{track_gain} and @code{track_peak}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section resample
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. It is
 | 
						|
not meant to be used directly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section silencedetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect silence in an audio stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less
 | 
						|
or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the
 | 
						|
minimum detected noise duration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item noise, n
 | 
						|
Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
 | 
						|
specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Complete example with @command{ffmpeg} to detect silence with 0.0001 noise
 | 
						|
tolerance in @file{silence.mp3}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section treble
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
 | 
						|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
 | 
						|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item gain, g
 | 
						|
Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the
 | 
						|
Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut)
 | 
						|
to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
 | 
						|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{3000} Hz.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width_type
 | 
						|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Hz
 | 
						|
@item q
 | 
						|
Q-Factor
 | 
						|
@item o
 | 
						|
octave
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
slope
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section volume
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Adjust the input audio volume.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item volume
 | 
						|
Set audio volume expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The output audio volume is given by the relation:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{output_volume} = @var{volume} * @var{input_volume}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value for @var{volume} is "1.0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item precision
 | 
						|
This parameter represents the mathematical precision.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the
 | 
						|
precision of the volume scaling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item fixed
 | 
						|
8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
 | 
						|
@item float
 | 
						|
32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
 | 
						|
@item double
 | 
						|
64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item replaygain
 | 
						|
Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item drop
 | 
						|
Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ignore
 | 
						|
Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item track
 | 
						|
Prefer the track gain, if present.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item album
 | 
						|
Prefer the album gain, if present.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item replaygain_preamp
 | 
						|
Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @var{replaygain_preamp} is 0.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item eval
 | 
						|
Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item once
 | 
						|
only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or
 | 
						|
when the @samp{volume} command is sent
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frame
 | 
						|
evaluate expression for each incoming frame
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{once}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
frame number (starting at zero)
 | 
						|
@item nb_channels
 | 
						|
number of channels
 | 
						|
@item nb_consumed_samples
 | 
						|
number of samples consumed by the filter
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples
 | 
						|
number of samples in the current frame
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
original frame position in the file
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
frame PTS
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate
 | 
						|
sample rate
 | 
						|
@item startpts
 | 
						|
PTS at start of stream
 | 
						|
@item startt
 | 
						|
time at start of stream
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
frame time
 | 
						|
@item tb
 | 
						|
timestamp timebase
 | 
						|
@item volume
 | 
						|
last set volume value
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that when @option{eval} is set to @samp{once} only the
 | 
						|
@var{sample_rate} and @var{tb} variables are available, all other
 | 
						|
variables will evaluate to NAN.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item volume
 | 
						|
Modify the volume expression.
 | 
						|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
 | 
						|
value.
 | 
						|
@item replaygain_noclip
 | 
						|
Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @var{replaygain_noclip} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Halve the input audio volume:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
volume=volume=0.5
 | 
						|
volume=volume=1/2
 | 
						|
volume=volume=-6.0206dB
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In all the above example the named key for @option{volume} can be
 | 
						|
omitted, for example like in:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
volume=0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section volumedetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect the volume of the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about
 | 
						|
the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum
 | 
						|
volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the
 | 
						|
registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of
 | 
						|
the samples).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Here is an excerpt of the output:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
 | 
						|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It means that:
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping,
 | 
						|
raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end AUDIO FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Audio Sources
 | 
						|
@c man begin AUDIO SOURCES
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section abuffer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
 | 
						|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item time_base
 | 
						|
The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
 | 
						|
either a floating-point number or in @var{numerator}/@var{denominator} form.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate
 | 
						|
The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_fmt
 | 
						|
The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.
 | 
						|
Either a sample format name or its corresponging integer representation from
 | 
						|
the enum AVSampleFormat in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout
 | 
						|
The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.
 | 
						|
Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in
 | 
						|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} or its corresponding integer representation
 | 
						|
from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channels
 | 
						|
The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.
 | 
						|
If both @var{channels} and @var{channel_layout} are specified, then they
 | 
						|
must be consistent.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.
 | 
						|
Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number
 | 
						|
6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is
 | 
						|
equivalent to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section aevalsrc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
 | 
						|
channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding
 | 
						|
audio signal.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item exprs
 | 
						|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
 | 
						|
@option{channel_layout} option is not specified, the selected channel layout
 | 
						|
depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last
 | 
						|
specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout, c
 | 
						|
Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
 | 
						|
must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function
 | 
						|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format.
 | 
						|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
 | 
						|
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
 | 
						|
complete frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
 | 
						|
supposed to be generated forever.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame,
 | 
						|
default to 1024.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate, s
 | 
						|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
sample rate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate silence:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to
 | 
						|
8000 Hz:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front
 | 
						|
Center + Back Center) explicitly:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate white noise:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section anullsrc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful
 | 
						|
as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as
 | 
						|
the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox
 | 
						|
synth filter).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item channel_layout, cl
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
 | 
						|
representing a channel layout. The default value of @var{channel_layout}
 | 
						|
is "stereo".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Check the channel_layout_map definition in
 | 
						|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} for the mapping between strings and
 | 
						|
channel layout values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate, r
 | 
						|
Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples per requested frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section flite
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-libflite}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item list_voices
 | 
						|
If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit
 | 
						|
immediately. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_samples, n
 | 
						|
Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item textfile
 | 
						|
Set the filename containing the text to speak.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item text
 | 
						|
Set the text to speak.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item voice, v
 | 
						|
Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
 | 
						|
@code{kal}. See also the @var{list_voices} option.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read from file @file{speech.txt}, and synthetize the text using the
 | 
						|
standard flite voice:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
flite=textfile=speech.txt
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read the specified text selecting the @code{slt} voice:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Input text to ffmpeg:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make @file{ffplay} speak the specified text, using @code{flite} and
 | 
						|
the @code{lavfi} device:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information about libflite, check:
 | 
						|
@url{http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section sine
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The audio signal is bit-exact.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frequency, f
 | 
						|
Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item beep_factor, b
 | 
						|
Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency @var{beep_factor} times
 | 
						|
the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate, r
 | 
						|
Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item samples_per_frame
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
sine
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
sine=220:4:d=5
 | 
						|
sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
 | 
						|
sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end AUDIO SOURCES
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Audio Sinks
 | 
						|
@c man begin AUDIO SINKS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section abuffersink
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
 | 
						|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
 | 
						|
or the options system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
 | 
						|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
 | 
						|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
 | 
						|
@section anullsink
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Null audio sink; do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is
 | 
						|
mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
 | 
						|
tools.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end AUDIO SINKS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Video Filters
 | 
						|
@c man begin VIDEO FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
 | 
						|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
 | 
						|
The configure output will show the video filters included in your
 | 
						|
build.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available video filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section alphaextract
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This
 | 
						|
is especially useful with the @var{alphamerge} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section alphamerge
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the
 | 
						|
grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with
 | 
						|
@var{alphaextract} to allow the transmission or storage of frame
 | 
						|
sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha
 | 
						|
channel.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video
 | 
						|
and a separate video created with @var{alphaextract}, you might use:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame
 | 
						|
sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either
 | 
						|
input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding
 | 
						|
pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an
 | 
						|
overlay to a video stream, consider the @var{overlay} filter instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section ass
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Same as the @ref{subtitles} filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
 | 
						|
and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
 | 
						|
Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section bbox
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame
 | 
						|
luminance plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a
 | 
						|
luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value.
 | 
						|
The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter
 | 
						|
log.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following option:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item min_val
 | 
						|
Set the minimal luminance value. Default is @code{16}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section blackdetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be
 | 
						|
useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid
 | 
						|
recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and
 | 
						|
duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
 | 
						|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item black_min_duration, d
 | 
						|
Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must
 | 
						|
be a non-negative floating point number.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is 2.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th
 | 
						|
Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".
 | 
						|
Express the minimum value for the ratio:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{nb_black_pixels} / @var{nb_pixels}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for which a picture is considered black.
 | 
						|
Default value is 0.98.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pixel_black_th, pix_th
 | 
						|
Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a
 | 
						|
pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to
 | 
						|
the following equation:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{absolute_threshold} = @var{luminance_minimum_value} + @var{pixel_black_th} * @var{luminance_range_size}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{luminance_range_size} and @var{luminance_minimum_value} depend on
 | 
						|
the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
 | 
						|
formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is 0.10.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum
 | 
						|
value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section blackframe
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
 | 
						|
detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of
 | 
						|
the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
 | 
						|
the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
 | 
						|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item amount
 | 
						|
The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it defaults to
 | 
						|
@code{98}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item threshold, thresh
 | 
						|
The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults to
 | 
						|
@code{32}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section blend
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Blend two video frames into each other.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the
 | 
						|
"top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer.
 | 
						|
Output terminates when shortest input terminates.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted options follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item c0_mode
 | 
						|
@item c1_mode
 | 
						|
@item c2_mode
 | 
						|
@item c3_mode
 | 
						|
@item all_mode
 | 
						|
Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
 | 
						|
of @var{all_mode}. Default value is @code{normal}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values for component modes are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item addition
 | 
						|
@item and
 | 
						|
@item average
 | 
						|
@item burn
 | 
						|
@item darken
 | 
						|
@item difference
 | 
						|
@item divide
 | 
						|
@item dodge
 | 
						|
@item exclusion
 | 
						|
@item hardlight
 | 
						|
@item lighten
 | 
						|
@item multiply
 | 
						|
@item negation
 | 
						|
@item normal
 | 
						|
@item or
 | 
						|
@item overlay
 | 
						|
@item phoenix
 | 
						|
@item pinlight
 | 
						|
@item reflect
 | 
						|
@item screen
 | 
						|
@item softlight
 | 
						|
@item subtract
 | 
						|
@item vividlight
 | 
						|
@item xor
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item c0_opacity
 | 
						|
@item c1_opacity
 | 
						|
@item c2_opacity
 | 
						|
@item c3_opacity
 | 
						|
@item all_opacity
 | 
						|
Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
 | 
						|
of @var{all_opacity}. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item c0_expr
 | 
						|
@item c1_expr
 | 
						|
@item c2_expr
 | 
						|
@item c3_expr
 | 
						|
@item all_expr
 | 
						|
Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
 | 
						|
of @var{all_expr}. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions can use the following variables:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item N
 | 
						|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item X
 | 
						|
@item Y
 | 
						|
the coordinates of the current sample
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item W
 | 
						|
@item H
 | 
						|
the width and height of currently filtered plane
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item SW
 | 
						|
@item SH
 | 
						|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
 | 
						|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
 | 
						|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
 | 
						|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item T
 | 
						|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item TOP, A
 | 
						|
Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item BOTTOM, B
 | 
						|
Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shortest
 | 
						|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
@item repeatlast
 | 
						|
Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of
 | 
						|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the bottom layer is reached.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply uncover left effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply uncover down effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply uncover up-left effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section boxblur
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_radius, lr
 | 
						|
@item luma_power, lp
 | 
						|
@item chroma_radius, cr
 | 
						|
@item chroma_power, cp
 | 
						|
@item alpha_radius, ar
 | 
						|
@item alpha_power, ap
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted options follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_radius, lr
 | 
						|
@item chroma_radius, cr
 | 
						|
@item alpha_radius, ar
 | 
						|
Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
 | 
						|
corresponding input plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be
 | 
						|
greater than the value of the expression @code{min(w,h)/2} for the
 | 
						|
luma and alpha planes, and of @code{min(cw,ch)/2} for the chroma
 | 
						|
planes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @option{luma_radius} is "2". If not specified,
 | 
						|
@option{chroma_radius} and @option{alpha_radius} default to the
 | 
						|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_radius}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions can contain the following constants:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
The input width and height in pixels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item cw
 | 
						|
@item ch
 | 
						|
The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p", @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_power, lp
 | 
						|
@item chroma_power, cp
 | 
						|
@item alpha_power, ap
 | 
						|
Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the
 | 
						|
corresponding plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @option{luma_power} is 2. If not specified,
 | 
						|
@option{chroma_power} and @option{alpha_power} default to the
 | 
						|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_power}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A value of 0 will disable the effect.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radii
 | 
						|
set to 2:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
 | 
						|
boxblur=2:1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the luma radius to 2, and alpha and chroma radius to 0:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the luma and chroma radii to a fraction of the video dimension:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section colorbalance
 | 
						|
Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
 | 
						|
regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative
 | 
						|
value towards the complementary color.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item rs
 | 
						|
@item gs
 | 
						|
@item bs
 | 
						|
Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rm
 | 
						|
@item gm
 | 
						|
@item bm
 | 
						|
Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rh
 | 
						|
@item gh
 | 
						|
@item bh
 | 
						|
Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Add red color cast to shadows:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
colorbalance=rs=.3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section colorchannelmixer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to
 | 
						|
the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to
 | 
						|
modify is red, the output value will be:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{red}=@var{red}*@var{rr} + @var{blue}*@var{rb} + @var{green}*@var{rg} + @var{alpha}*@var{ra}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item rr
 | 
						|
@item rg
 | 
						|
@item rb
 | 
						|
@item ra
 | 
						|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1} for @var{rr}, and @code{0} for @var{rg}, @var{rb} and @var{ra}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gr
 | 
						|
@item gg
 | 
						|
@item gb
 | 
						|
@item ga
 | 
						|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1} for @var{gg}, and @code{0} for @var{gr}, @var{gb} and @var{ga}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item br
 | 
						|
@item bg
 | 
						|
@item bb
 | 
						|
@item ba
 | 
						|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1} for @var{bb}, and @code{0} for @var{br}, @var{bg} and @var{ba}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ar
 | 
						|
@item ag
 | 
						|
@item ab
 | 
						|
@item aa
 | 
						|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1} for @var{aa}, and @code{0} for @var{ar}, @var{ag} and @var{ab}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-2.0, 2.0]}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert source to grayscale:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Simulate sepia tones:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section colormatrix
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert color matrix.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item src
 | 
						|
@item dst
 | 
						|
Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
 | 
						|
specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The accepted values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item bt709
 | 
						|
BT.709
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bt601
 | 
						|
BT.601
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item smpte240m
 | 
						|
SMPTE-240M
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fcc
 | 
						|
FCC
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section copy
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Copy the input source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for
 | 
						|
testing purposes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section crop
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Crop the input video to given dimensions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item w, out_w
 | 
						|
The width of the output video. It defaults to @code{iw}.
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
 | 
						|
configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item h, out_h
 | 
						|
The height of the output video. It defaults to @code{ih}.
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
 | 
						|
configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output
 | 
						|
video. It defaults to @code{(in_w-out_w)/2}.
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated per-frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.
 | 
						|
It defaults to @code{(in_h-out_h)/2}.
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated per-frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item keep_aspect
 | 
						|
If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio
 | 
						|
to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect
 | 
						|
ratio. It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{out_w}, @var{out_h}, @var{x}, @var{y} parameters are
 | 
						|
expressions containing the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
 | 
						|
each new frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_w
 | 
						|
@item in_h
 | 
						|
The input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item iw
 | 
						|
@item ih
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_w
 | 
						|
@item out_h
 | 
						|
The output (cropped) width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ow
 | 
						|
@item oh
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
input sample aspect ratio
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expression for @var{out_w} may depend on the value of @var{out_h},
 | 
						|
and the expression for @var{out_h} may depend on @var{out_w}, but they
 | 
						|
cannot depend on @var{x} and @var{y}, as @var{x} and @var{y} are
 | 
						|
evaluated after @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{x} and @var{y} parameters specify the expressions for the
 | 
						|
position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
 | 
						|
are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it
 | 
						|
is approximated to the nearest valid value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expression for @var{x} may depend on @var{y}, and the expression
 | 
						|
for @var{y} may depend on @var{x}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=100:100:12:34
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Using named options, the example above becomes:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=100:100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop the input video central square:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=out_w=in_h
 | 
						|
crop=in_h
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position
 | 
						|
100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom
 | 
						|
corner of the input image.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from
 | 
						|
the top and bottom borders
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Appply trembling effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set x depending on the value of y:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section cropdetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Auto-detect the crop size.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It calculates the necessary cropping parameters and prints the
 | 
						|
recommended parameters via the logging system. The detected dimensions
 | 
						|
correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item limit
 | 
						|
Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified
 | 
						|
from nothing (0) to everything (255). An intensity value greater
 | 
						|
to the set value is considered non-black. It defaults to 24.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item round
 | 
						|
The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to
 | 
						|
16. The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to
 | 
						|
get only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when
 | 
						|
encoding to most video codecs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item reset_count, reset
 | 
						|
Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
 | 
						|
reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to
 | 
						|
detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0
 | 
						|
indicates 'never reset', and returns the largest area encountered during
 | 
						|
playback.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{curves}
 | 
						|
@section curves
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply color adjustments using curves.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each
 | 
						|
component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by @var{N} key points
 | 
						|
tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel
 | 
						|
values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for
 | 
						|
the output frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
By default, a component curve is defined by the two points @var{(0;0)} and
 | 
						|
@var{(1;1)}. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is
 | 
						|
"adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new
 | 
						|
curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass
 | 
						|
smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be
 | 
						|
strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their @var{x} and @var{y} values must
 | 
						|
be in the @var{[0;1]} interval.  If the computed curves happened to go outside
 | 
						|
the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If there is no key point defined in @code{x=0}, the filter will automatically
 | 
						|
insert a @var{(0;0)} point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined
 | 
						|
in @code{x=1}, the filter will automatically insert a @var{(1;1)} point.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item preset
 | 
						|
Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition
 | 
						|
to the @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} parameters; in this case, the later
 | 
						|
options takes priority on the preset values.
 | 
						|
Available presets are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
@item color_negative
 | 
						|
@item cross_process
 | 
						|
@item darker
 | 
						|
@item increase_contrast
 | 
						|
@item lighter
 | 
						|
@item linear_contrast
 | 
						|
@item medium_contrast
 | 
						|
@item negative
 | 
						|
@item strong_contrast
 | 
						|
@item vintage
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default is @code{none}.
 | 
						|
@item master, m
 | 
						|
Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It
 | 
						|
is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with
 | 
						|
@option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} or @option{all} since it acts like a
 | 
						|
post-processing LUT.
 | 
						|
@item red, r
 | 
						|
Set the key points for the red component.
 | 
						|
@item green, g
 | 
						|
Set the key points for the green component.
 | 
						|
@item blue, b
 | 
						|
Set the key points for the blue component.
 | 
						|
@item all
 | 
						|
Set the key points for all components (not including master).
 | 
						|
Can be used in addition to the other key points component
 | 
						|
options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this
 | 
						|
@option{all} setting.
 | 
						|
@item psfile
 | 
						|
Specify a Photoshop curves file (@code{.asv}) to import the settings from.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be
 | 
						|
defined using the following syntax: @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
curves=blue='0.5/0.58'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Vintage effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:
 | 
						|
@table @var
 | 
						|
@item red
 | 
						|
@code{(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)}
 | 
						|
@item green
 | 
						|
@code{(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)}
 | 
						|
@item blue
 | 
						|
@code{(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)}
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
curves=preset=vintage
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Or simply:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
curves=vintage
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section dctdnoiz
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter is not designed for real time and can be extremely slow.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item sigma, s
 | 
						|
Set the noise sigma constant.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This @var{sigma} defines a hard threshold of @code{3 * sigma}; every DCT
 | 
						|
coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If you need a more advanced filtering, see @option{expr}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item overlap
 | 
						|
Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Each block is of size
 | 
						|
@code{16x16}. Since the filter can be slow, you may want to reduce this value,
 | 
						|
at the cost of a less effective filter and the risk of various artefacts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the overlapping value doesn't allow to process the whole input width or
 | 
						|
height, a warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{15}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expr, e
 | 
						|
Set the coefficient factor expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a
 | 
						|
multiplier value for the coefficient.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If this is option is set, the @option{sigma} option will be ignored.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the @var{c}
 | 
						|
variable.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a denoise with a @option{sigma} of @code{4.5}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
dctdnoiz=4.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The same operation can be achieved using the expression system:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{decimate}
 | 
						|
@section decimate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item cycle
 | 
						|
Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
 | 
						|
@var{N} means one frame in every batch of @var{N} frames will be dropped.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{5}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dupthresh
 | 
						|
Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame
 | 
						|
is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default
 | 
						|
is @code{1.1}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scthresh
 | 
						|
Set scene change threshold. Default is @code{15}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item blockx
 | 
						|
@item blocky
 | 
						|
Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
 | 
						|
Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of
 | 
						|
small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is @code{32}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ppsrc
 | 
						|
Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
 | 
						|
stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help
 | 
						|
the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to
 | 
						|
@code{1}, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second
 | 
						|
stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is
 | 
						|
@code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma
 | 
						|
Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is
 | 
						|
@code{1}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section dejudder
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Remove judder produced by partially interlaced telecined content.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Judder can be introduced, for instance, by @ref{pullup} filter. If the original
 | 
						|
source was partially telecined content then the output of @code{pullup,dejudder}
 | 
						|
will have a variable frame rate. May change the recorded frame rate of the
 | 
						|
container. Aside from that change, this filter will not affect constant frame
 | 
						|
rate video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The option available in this filter is:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item cycle
 | 
						|
Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Accepts any interger greater than 1. Useful values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 4
 | 
						|
If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 5
 | 
						|
If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 20
 | 
						|
If a mixture of the two.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default is @samp{4}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section delogo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
 | 
						|
pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear
 | 
						|
(and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
 | 
						|
specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
 | 
						|
specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item band, t
 | 
						|
Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to
 | 
						|
@var{w} and @var{h}). The default value is 4.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item show
 | 
						|
When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
 | 
						|
finding the right @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, and @var{h} parameters.
 | 
						|
The default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly)
 | 
						|
replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next pixels
 | 
						|
immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to
 | 
						|
compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0
 | 
						|
and size 100x77, and a band of size 10:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section deshake
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This
 | 
						|
filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a
 | 
						|
tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion
 | 
						|
vectors.
 | 
						|
If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
 | 
						|
rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width
 | 
						|
and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox
 | 
						|
filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding
 | 
						|
box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame
 | 
						|
might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If any or all of @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} are set to -1
 | 
						|
then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set
 | 
						|
without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default - search the whole frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rx
 | 
						|
@item ry
 | 
						|
Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the
 | 
						|
range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item edge
 | 
						|
Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the
 | 
						|
frame. Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item blank, 0
 | 
						|
Fill zeroes at blank locations
 | 
						|
@item original, 1
 | 
						|
Original image at blank locations
 | 
						|
@item clamp, 2
 | 
						|
Extruded edge value at blank locations
 | 
						|
@item mirror, 3
 | 
						|
Mirrored edge at blank locations
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{mirror}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item blocksize
 | 
						|
Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
 | 
						|
default 8.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item contrast
 | 
						|
Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than
 | 
						|
the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest
 | 
						|
pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item search
 | 
						|
Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item exhaustive, 0
 | 
						|
Set exhaustive search
 | 
						|
@item less, 1
 | 
						|
Set less exhaustive search.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{exhaustive}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filename
 | 
						|
If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
 | 
						|
specified file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item opencl
 | 
						|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
 | 
						|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section drawbox
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Draw a colored box on the input image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
@item height, h
 | 
						|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they are interpreted as
 | 
						|
the input width and height. It defaults to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color, c
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option,
 | 
						|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
 | 
						|
value @code{invert} is used, the box edge color is the same as the
 | 
						|
video with inverted luma.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item thickness, t
 | 
						|
The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is @code{3}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See below for the list of accepted constants.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
 | 
						|
following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_h, ih
 | 
						|
@item in_w, iw
 | 
						|
The input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
The input sample aspect ratio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
The width and height of the drawn box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
The thickness of the drawn box.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
 | 
						|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawbox
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@@0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The previous example can be specified as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@@0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fill the box with pink color:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@@0.5:t=max
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section drawgrid
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Draw a grid on the input image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
@item height, h
 | 
						|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the
 | 
						|
input width and height, respectively, minus @code{thickness}, so image gets
 | 
						|
framed. Default to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color, c
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option,
 | 
						|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
 | 
						|
value @code{invert} is used, the grid color is the same as the
 | 
						|
video with inverted luma.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item thickness, t
 | 
						|
The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See below for the list of accepted constants.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
 | 
						|
following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_h, ih
 | 
						|
@item in_w, iw
 | 
						|
The input grid cell width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
The input sample aspect ratio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
The width and height of the drawn cell.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
The thickness of the drawn cell.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
 | 
						|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=red@@0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=white@@0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{drawtext}
 | 
						|
@section drawtext
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Draw a text string or text from a specified file on top of a video, using the
 | 
						|
libfreetype library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-libfreetype}.
 | 
						|
To enable default font fallback and the @var{font} option you need to
 | 
						|
configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libfontconfig}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Syntax
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item box
 | 
						|
Used to draw a box around text using the background color.
 | 
						|
The value must be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable).
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{box} is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item boxcolor
 | 
						|
The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this
 | 
						|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{boxcolor} is "white".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item borderw
 | 
						|
Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using @var{bordercolor}.
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{borderw} is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bordercolor
 | 
						|
Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this
 | 
						|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{bordercolor} is "black".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expansion
 | 
						|
Select how the @var{text} is expanded. Can be either @code{none},
 | 
						|
@code{strftime} (deprecated) or
 | 
						|
@code{normal} (default). See the @ref{drawtext_expansion, Text expansion} section
 | 
						|
below for details.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fix_bounds
 | 
						|
If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fontcolor
 | 
						|
The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check
 | 
						|
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{fontcolor} is "black".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item font
 | 
						|
The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fontfile
 | 
						|
The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included.
 | 
						|
This parameter is mandatory if the fontconfig support is disabled.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fontsize
 | 
						|
The font size to be used for drawing text.
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{fontsize} is 16.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ft_load_flags
 | 
						|
The flags to be used for loading the fonts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are
 | 
						|
a combination of the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @var
 | 
						|
@item default
 | 
						|
@item no_scale
 | 
						|
@item no_hinting
 | 
						|
@item render
 | 
						|
@item no_bitmap
 | 
						|
@item vertical_layout
 | 
						|
@item force_autohint
 | 
						|
@item crop_bitmap
 | 
						|
@item pedantic
 | 
						|
@item ignore_global_advance_width
 | 
						|
@item no_recurse
 | 
						|
@item ignore_transform
 | 
						|
@item monochrome
 | 
						|
@item linear_design
 | 
						|
@item no_autohint
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is "default".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
 | 
						|
libfreetype flags.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shadowcolor
 | 
						|
The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the
 | 
						|
syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{shadowcolor} is "black".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shadowx
 | 
						|
@item shadowy
 | 
						|
The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
 | 
						|
position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
 | 
						|
values. The default value for both is "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_number
 | 
						|
The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value
 | 
						|
is "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tabsize
 | 
						|
The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.
 | 
						|
Default value is 4.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item timecode
 | 
						|
Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
 | 
						|
format. It can be used with or without text parameter. @var{timecode_rate}
 | 
						|
option must be specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item timecode_rate, rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item text
 | 
						|
The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8
 | 
						|
encoded characters.
 | 
						|
This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter
 | 
						|
@var{textfile}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item textfile
 | 
						|
A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence
 | 
						|
of UTF-8 encoded characters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the
 | 
						|
parameter @var{text}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If both @var{text} and @var{textfile} are specified, an error is thrown.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item reload
 | 
						|
If set to 1, the @var{textfile} will be reloaded before each frame.
 | 
						|
Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn
 | 
						|
within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the
 | 
						|
output image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameters for @var{x} and @var{y} are expressions containing the
 | 
						|
following constants and functions:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item line_h, lh
 | 
						|
the height of each text line
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item main_h, h, H
 | 
						|
the input height
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item main_w, w, W
 | 
						|
the input width
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max_glyph_a, ascent
 | 
						|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
 | 
						|
coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
 | 
						|
glyphs.
 | 
						|
It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis
 | 
						|
upwards.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max_glyph_d, descent
 | 
						|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate
 | 
						|
used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.
 | 
						|
This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
 | 
						|
upwards.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max_glyph_h
 | 
						|
maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
 | 
						|
contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to @var{ascent} -
 | 
						|
@var{descent}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max_glyph_w
 | 
						|
maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
 | 
						|
contained in the rendered text
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rand(min, max)
 | 
						|
return a random number included between @var{min} and @var{max}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
The input sample aspect ratio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item text_h, th
 | 
						|
the height of the rendered text
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item text_w, tw
 | 
						|
the width of the rendered text
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These parameters allow the @var{x} and @var{y} expressions to refer
 | 
						|
each other, so you can for example specify @code{y=x/dar}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{drawtext_expansion}
 | 
						|
@subsection Text expansion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{strftime},
 | 
						|
the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and
 | 
						|
expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This
 | 
						|
feature is deprecated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{none}, the text is printed verbatim.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{normal} (which is the default),
 | 
						|
the following expansion mechanism is used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to
 | 
						|
the second character.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sequence of the form @code{%@{...@}} are expanded. The text between the
 | 
						|
braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.
 | 
						|
If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '@}'),
 | 
						|
they should be escaped.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
 | 
						|
@option{text} option in the filter argument string and as the filter
 | 
						|
argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell,
 | 
						|
that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
 | 
						|
problems.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The following functions are available:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @command
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expr, e
 | 
						|
The expression evaluation result.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated,
 | 
						|
which accepts the same constants and functions as the @var{x} and
 | 
						|
@var{y} values. Note that not all constants should be used, for
 | 
						|
example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so
 | 
						|
the constants @var{text_w} and @var{text_h} will have an undefined
 | 
						|
value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gmtime
 | 
						|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.
 | 
						|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item localtime
 | 
						|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
 | 
						|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item metadata
 | 
						|
Frame metadata. It must take one argument specifying metadata key.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n, frame_num
 | 
						|
The frame number, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pict_type
 | 
						|
A 1 character description of the current picture type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
The timestamp of the current frame, in seconds, with microsecond accuracy.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the
 | 
						|
optional parameters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100
 | 
						|
and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is
 | 
						|
yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an
 | 
						|
opacity of 20%.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
 | 
						|
          x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@@0.2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used
 | 
						|
within the parameter list.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Show the text at the center of the video frame:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
 | 
						|
frame. The file @file{LONG_LINE} is assumed to contain a single line
 | 
						|
with no newlines.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Show the content of file @file{CREDITS} off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.
 | 
						|
The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%@{localtime:%a %b %d %Y@}'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information about libfreetype, check:
 | 
						|
@url{http://www.freetype.org/}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information about fontconfig, check:
 | 
						|
@url{http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section edgedetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item low
 | 
						|
@item high
 | 
						|
Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
 | 
						|
algorithm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then
 | 
						|
connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected
 | 
						|
by the low threshold.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{low} and @var{high} threshold values must be chosen in the range
 | 
						|
[0,1], and @var{low} should be lesser or equal to @var{high}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @var{low} is @code{20/255}, and default value for @var{high}
 | 
						|
is @code{50/255}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Example:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section extractplanes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Extract color channel components from input video stream into
 | 
						|
separate grayscale video streams.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following option:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item planes
 | 
						|
Set plane(s) to extract.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values for planes are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
@item u
 | 
						|
@item v
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
@item r
 | 
						|
@item g
 | 
						|
@item b
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error.
 | 
						|
That means you cannot select @code{r}, @code{g}, @code{b} planes
 | 
						|
with @code{y}, @code{u}, @code{v} planes at same time.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame
 | 
						|
into 3 grayscale outputs:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section elbg
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from
 | 
						|
the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number
 | 
						|
of distinct output colors.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item codebook_length, l
 | 
						|
Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and
 | 
						|
represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_steps, n
 | 
						|
Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal
 | 
						|
mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the
 | 
						|
computation time. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item seed, s
 | 
						|
Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and
 | 
						|
UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter
 | 
						|
will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section fade
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a fade-in/out effect to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item type, t
 | 
						|
The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out
 | 
						|
effect.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{in}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_frame, s
 | 
						|
Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade
 | 
						|
effect at. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_frames, n
 | 
						|
The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the
 | 
						|
fade-in effect, the output video will have the same intensity as the input video.
 | 
						|
At the end of the fade-out transition, the output video will be filled with the
 | 
						|
selected @option{color}.
 | 
						|
Default is 25.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item alpha
 | 
						|
If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.
 | 
						|
Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_time, st
 | 
						|
Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade
 | 
						|
effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at
 | 
						|
whichever comes last.  Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
 | 
						|
fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
 | 
						|
at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the
 | 
						|
selected @option{color}.
 | 
						|
If both duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color, c
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade in the first 30 frames of video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=in:0:30
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The command above is equivalent to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=out:155:45
 | 
						|
fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=in:5:20:color=yellow
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section field
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride
 | 
						|
arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as
 | 
						|
non-interlaced.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item type
 | 
						|
Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is @code{0} or
 | 
						|
@code{top}) or the bottom field (if the value is @code{1} or
 | 
						|
@code{bottom}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section fieldmatch
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
 | 
						|
progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated
 | 
						|
frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine @code{fieldmatch} needs to be
 | 
						|
followed by a decimation filter such as @ref{decimate} in the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by
 | 
						|
the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.
 | 
						|
If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content,
 | 
						|
@code{fieldmatch} will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts.
 | 
						|
But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be
 | 
						|
de-interlaced by a later filter such as @ref{yadif} before decimation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In addition to the various configuration options, @code{fieldmatch} can take an
 | 
						|
optional second stream, activated through the @option{ppsrc} option. If
 | 
						|
enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from
 | 
						|
this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to
 | 
						|
help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
 | 
						|
(assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser,
 | 
						|
or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project)
 | 
						|
and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from
 | 
						|
which @code{fieldmatch} is based on. While the semantic and usage are very
 | 
						|
close, some behaviour and options names can differ.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item order
 | 
						|
Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item auto
 | 
						|
Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
 | 
						|
@item bff
 | 
						|
Assume bottom field first.
 | 
						|
@item tff
 | 
						|
Assume top field first.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the
 | 
						|
stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{auto}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set the matching mode or strategy to use. @option{pc} mode is the safest in the
 | 
						|
sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when
 | 
						|
possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
 | 
						|
outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other
 | 
						|
hand, @option{pcn_ub} mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness,
 | 
						|
but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
 | 
						|
all somewhere in between @option{pc} and @option{pcn_ub} in terms of risking
 | 
						|
jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections
 | 
						|
with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in @ref{p/c/n/u/b meaning} section.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item pc
 | 
						|
2-way matching (p/c)
 | 
						|
@item pc_n
 | 
						|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
 | 
						|
@item pc_u
 | 
						|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
 | 
						|
@item pc_n_ub
 | 
						|
2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if
 | 
						|
still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
 | 
						|
@item pcn
 | 
						|
3-way matching (p/c/n)
 | 
						|
@item pcn_ub
 | 
						|
3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
 | 
						|
detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that
 | 
						|
mode assuming @option{order}=@var{tff} (and @option{field} on @var{auto} or
 | 
						|
@var{top}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In terms of speed @option{pc} mode is by far the fastest and @option{pcn_ub} is
 | 
						|
the slowest.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{pc_n}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ppsrc
 | 
						|
Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary
 | 
						|
input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter
 | 
						|
introduction for more details. It is similar to the @option{clip2} feature from
 | 
						|
VFM/TFM.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{0} (disabled).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item field
 | 
						|
Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as
 | 
						|
@option{order} unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In
 | 
						|
certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a
 | 
						|
large impact on matching performance. Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item auto
 | 
						|
Automatic (same value as @option{order}).
 | 
						|
@item bottom
 | 
						|
Match from the bottom field.
 | 
						|
@item top
 | 
						|
Match from the top field.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{auto}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mchroma
 | 
						|
Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most
 | 
						|
cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to @code{0}
 | 
						|
only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other
 | 
						|
artifacts. Setting this to @code{0} could also be used to speed things up at
 | 
						|
the cost of some accuracy.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item y0
 | 
						|
@item y1
 | 
						|
These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between @option{y0} and
 | 
						|
@option{y1} from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion
 | 
						|
band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may
 | 
						|
interfere with the matching. @option{y0} sets the starting scan line and
 | 
						|
@option{y1} sets the ending line; all lines in between @option{y0} and
 | 
						|
@option{y1} (including @option{y0} and @option{y1}) will be ignored. Setting
 | 
						|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} to the same value will disable the feature.
 | 
						|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} defaults to @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scthresh
 | 
						|
Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on
 | 
						|
the luma plane. Good values are in the @code{[8.0, 14.0]} range. Scene change
 | 
						|
detection is only relevant in case @option{combmatch}=@var{sc}.  The range for
 | 
						|
@option{scthresh} is @code{[0.0, 100.0]}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{12.0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item combmatch
 | 
						|
When @option{combatch} is not @var{none}, @code{fieldmatch} will take into
 | 
						|
account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the
 | 
						|
final match. Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
No final matching based on combed scores.
 | 
						|
@item sc
 | 
						|
Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
 | 
						|
@item full
 | 
						|
Use combed scores all the time.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default is @var{sc}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item combdbg
 | 
						|
Force @code{fieldmatch} to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and
 | 
						|
print them. This setting is known as @option{micout} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
No forced calculation.
 | 
						|
@item pcn
 | 
						|
Force p/c/n calculations.
 | 
						|
@item pcnub
 | 
						|
Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{none}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item cthresh
 | 
						|
This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
 | 
						|
essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.
 | 
						|
Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing
 | 
						|
can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from
 | 
						|
@code{-1} (every pixel will be detected as combed) to @code{255} (no pixel will
 | 
						|
be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good
 | 
						|
range is @code{[8, 12]}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{9}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma
 | 
						|
Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision.  Only
 | 
						|
disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are
 | 
						|
causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually,
 | 
						|
using @option{chroma}=@var{0} is usually more reliable, except for the case
 | 
						|
where there is chroma only combing in the source.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item blockx
 | 
						|
@item blocky
 | 
						|
Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed
 | 
						|
frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
 | 
						|
@option{combpel} pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be
 | 
						|
declared combed. See the @option{combpel} parameter description for more info.
 | 
						|
Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up
 | 
						|
to 512.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{16}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item combpel
 | 
						|
The number of combed pixels inside any of the @option{blocky} by
 | 
						|
@option{blockx} size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
 | 
						|
combed. While @option{cthresh} controls how "visible" the combing must be, this
 | 
						|
setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
 | 
						|
window defined by the @option{blockx} and @option{blocky} settings) on the
 | 
						|
frame. Minimum value is @code{0} and maximum is @code{blocky x blockx} (at
 | 
						|
which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known
 | 
						|
as @option{MI} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{80}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{p/c/n/u/b meaning}
 | 
						|
@subsection p/c/n/u/b meaning
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsubsection p/c/n
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
We assume the following telecined stream:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Top fields:     1 2 2 3 4
 | 
						|
Bottom fields:  1 2 3 4 4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the
 | 
						|
first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When @code{fieldmatch} is configured to run a matching from bottom
 | 
						|
(@option{field}=@var{bottom}) this is how this input stream get transformed:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Input stream:
 | 
						|
                T     1 2 2 3 4
 | 
						|
                B     1 2 3 4 4   <-- matching reference
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Matches:              c c n n c
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Output stream:
 | 
						|
                T     1 2 3 4 4
 | 
						|
                B     1 2 3 4 4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.
 | 
						|
To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter
 | 
						|
after this operation. See for instance the @ref{decimate} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The same operation now matching from top fields (@option{field}=@var{top})
 | 
						|
looks like this:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Input stream:
 | 
						|
                T     1 2 2 3 4   <-- matching reference
 | 
						|
                B     1 2 3 4 4
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Matches:              c c p p c
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Output stream:
 | 
						|
                T     1 2 2 3 4
 | 
						|
                B     1 2 2 3 4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In these examples, we can see what @var{p}, @var{c} and @var{n} mean;
 | 
						|
basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item @var{p} matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame
 | 
						|
@item @var{c} matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame
 | 
						|
@item @var{n} matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsubsection u/b
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{u} and @var{b} matching are a bit special in the sense that they match
 | 
						|
from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are
 | 
						|
currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a
 | 
						|
'x' is placed above and below each matched fields.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
With bottom matching (@option{field}=@var{bottom}):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Match:           c         p           n          b          u
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 x       x               x        x          x
 | 
						|
  Top          1 2 2     1 2 2       1 2 2      1 2 2      1 2 2
 | 
						|
  Bottom       1 2 3     1 2 3       1 2 3      1 2 3      1 2 3
 | 
						|
                 x         x           x        x              x
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Output frames:
 | 
						|
                 2          1          2          2          2
 | 
						|
                 2          2          2          1          3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
With top matching (@option{field}=@var{top}):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Match:           c         p           n          b          u
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                 x         x           x        x              x
 | 
						|
  Top          1 2 2     1 2 2       1 2 2      1 2 2      1 2 2
 | 
						|
  Bottom       1 2 3     1 2 3       1 2 3      1 2 3      1 2 3
 | 
						|
                 x       x               x        x          x
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Output frames:
 | 
						|
                 2          2          2          1          2
 | 
						|
                 2          1          3          2          2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Advanced IVTC, with fallback on @ref{yadif} for still combed frames:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section fieldorder
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Transform the field order of the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item order
 | 
						|
The output field order. Valid values are @var{tff} for top field first or @var{bff}
 | 
						|
for bottom field first.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value is @samp{tff}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The transformation is done by shifting the picture content up or down
 | 
						|
by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.
 | 
						|
This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already
 | 
						|
flagged as being of the required output field order, then this filter does
 | 
						|
not alter the incoming video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
 | 
						|
which is bottom field first.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section fifo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
 | 
						|
framework.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It does not take parameters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{format}
 | 
						|
@section format
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.
 | 
						|
Libavfilter will try to pick one that is suitable as input to
 | 
						|
the next filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pix_fmts
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
 | 
						|
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert the input video to the @var{yuv420p} format
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{fps}
 | 
						|
@section fps
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
 | 
						|
frames as necessary.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fps
 | 
						|
The desired output frame rate. The default is @code{25}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item round
 | 
						|
Rounding method.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Possible values are:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item zero
 | 
						|
zero round towards 0
 | 
						|
@item inf
 | 
						|
round away from 0
 | 
						|
@item down
 | 
						|
round towards -infinity
 | 
						|
@item up
 | 
						|
round towards +infinity
 | 
						|
@item near
 | 
						|
round to nearest
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
The default is @code{near}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_time
 | 
						|
Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for
 | 
						|
padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made
 | 
						|
about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done.
 | 
						|
For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of
 | 
						|
the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any
 | 
						|
frames with a negative PTS.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
 | 
						|
@var{fps}[:@var{round}].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See also the @ref{setpts} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fps=fps=25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
fps=fps=film:round=near
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section framepack
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper
 | 
						|
metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
 | 
						|
framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note
 | 
						|
that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the @ref{scale} and
 | 
						|
@ref{fps} filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item format
 | 
						|
The desired packing format. Supported values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sbs
 | 
						|
The views are next to each other (default).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tab
 | 
						|
The views are on top of each other.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item lines
 | 
						|
The views are packed by line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item columns
 | 
						|
The views are packed by column.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frameseq
 | 
						|
The views are temporally interleaved.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Some examples:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
# Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
# Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section framestep
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Select one frame every N-th frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following option:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item step
 | 
						|
Select frame after every @code{step} frames.
 | 
						|
Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{frei0r}
 | 
						|
@section frei0r
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the frei0r
 | 
						|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_name
 | 
						|
The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
 | 
						|
@env{FREI0R_PATH} is defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each of the
 | 
						|
directories specified by the colon-separated list in @env{FREIOR_PATH}.
 | 
						|
Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched, in this order:
 | 
						|
@file{HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/},
 | 
						|
@file{/usr/lib/frei0r-1/}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_params
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either
 | 
						|
"y" or "n"), a double, a color (specified as
 | 
						|
@var{R}/@var{G}/@var{B}, where @var{R}, @var{G}, and @var{B} are floating point
 | 
						|
numbers between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive) or by a color description specified in the "Color"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual), a position (specified as @var{X}/@var{Y}, where
 | 
						|
@var{X} and @var{Y} are floating point numbers) and/or a string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an
 | 
						|
effect parameter is not specified, the default value is set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
 | 
						|
frei0r=colordistance:violet
 | 
						|
frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image
 | 
						|
positions:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information, see
 | 
						|
@url{http://frei0r.dyne.org}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section geq
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item lum_expr, lum
 | 
						|
Set the luminance expression.
 | 
						|
@item cb_expr, cb
 | 
						|
Set the chrominance blue expression.
 | 
						|
@item cr_expr, cr
 | 
						|
Set the chrominance red expression.
 | 
						|
@item alpha_expr, a
 | 
						|
Set the alpha expression.
 | 
						|
@item red_expr, r
 | 
						|
Set the red expression.
 | 
						|
@item green_expr, g
 | 
						|
Set the green expression.
 | 
						|
@item blue_expr, b
 | 
						|
Set the blue expression.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one
 | 
						|
of the @option{lum_expr}, @option{cb_expr}, or @option{cr_expr}
 | 
						|
options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
 | 
						|
colorspace. If one of the @option{red_expr}, @option{green_expr}, or
 | 
						|
@option{blue_expr} options is specified, it will select an RGB
 | 
						|
colorspace.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other
 | 
						|
one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.
 | 
						|
If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will evaluate
 | 
						|
to the luminance expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item N
 | 
						|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item X
 | 
						|
@item Y
 | 
						|
The coordinates of the current sample.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item W
 | 
						|
@item H
 | 
						|
The width and height of the image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item SW
 | 
						|
@item SH
 | 
						|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
 | 
						|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
 | 
						|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
 | 
						|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item T
 | 
						|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item p(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the current
 | 
						|
plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item lum(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the luminance
 | 
						|
plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item cb(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
 | 
						|
blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item cr(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
 | 
						|
red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item r(x, y)
 | 
						|
@item g(x, y)
 | 
						|
@item b(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
 | 
						|
red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item alpha(x, y)
 | 
						|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the alpha
 | 
						|
plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For functions, if @var{x} and @var{y} are outside the area, the value will be
 | 
						|
automatically clipped to the closer edge.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Flip the image horizontally:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
geq=p(W-X\,Y)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle @code{PI/3} and a
 | 
						|
wavelength of 100 pixels:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a quick emboss effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section gradfun
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
 | 
						|
regions by truncation to 8bit color depth.
 | 
						|
Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and
 | 
						|
dither them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It is designed for playback only.  Do not use it prior to
 | 
						|
lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and
 | 
						|
bring back the bands.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item strength
 | 
						|
The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is also
 | 
						|
the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from
 | 
						|
.51 to 64; the default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the
 | 
						|
valid range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item radius
 | 
						|
The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother
 | 
						|
gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed
 | 
						|
regions. Acceptable values are 8-32; the default value is 16. Out-of-range
 | 
						|
values will be clipped to the valid range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
 | 
						|
@var{strength}[:@var{radius}]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply the filter with a @code{3.5} strength and radius of @code{8}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
gradfun=3.5:8
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
 | 
						|
value):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
gradfun=radius=8
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{haldclut}
 | 
						|
@section haldclut
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT.
 | 
						|
The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item shortest
 | 
						|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
@item repeatlast
 | 
						|
Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of
 | 
						|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{haldclut} also has the same interpolation options as @ref{lut3d} (both
 | 
						|
filters share the same internals).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website
 | 
						|
(Hald CLUT author) at @url{http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Workflow examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT video stream
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Then use it with @code{haldclut} to apply it on some random stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of
 | 
						|
@file{clut.nut}), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be applied
 | 
						|
to the remaining frames of the @code{mandelbrot} stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT with preview
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of @code{Level*Level*Level} by
 | 
						|
@code{Level*Level*Level} pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the
 | 
						|
biggest possible square starting at the top left of the picture. The remaining
 | 
						|
padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can be used to add
 | 
						|
a preview of the Hald CLUT.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the
 | 
						|
@code{haldclut} filter:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "
 | 
						|
   pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
 | 
						|
   smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
 | 
						|
   [padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
 | 
						|
   [main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color
 | 
						|
bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by
 | 
						|
the color changes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section hflip
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Flip the input video horizontally.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to horizontally flip the input video with @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section histeq
 | 
						|
This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a
 | 
						|
per-frame basis.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel
 | 
						|
intensities.  The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
 | 
						|
equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be
 | 
						|
viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
 | 
						|
useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source
 | 
						|
video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item strength
 | 
						|
Determine the amount of equalization to be applied.  As the strength
 | 
						|
is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
 | 
						|
approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number
 | 
						|
in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item intensity
 | 
						|
Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output
 | 
						|
values appropriately.  The strength should be set as desired and then
 | 
						|
the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value
 | 
						|
must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item antibanding
 | 
						|
Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary
 | 
						|
the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of
 | 
						|
the histogram. Possible values are @code{none}, @code{weak} or
 | 
						|
@code{strong}. It defaults to @code{none}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section histogram
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The computed histogram is a representation of the color component
 | 
						|
distribution in an image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set histogram mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item levels
 | 
						|
Standard histogram that displays the color components distribution in an
 | 
						|
image. Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution of
 | 
						|
the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format, in the
 | 
						|
current frame. Below each graph a color component scale meter is shown.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color
 | 
						|
Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in a two dimensional
 | 
						|
graph (which is called a vectorscope). The brighter a pixel in the
 | 
						|
vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame correspond to that pixel
 | 
						|
(i.e., more pixels have this chroma value). The V component is displayed on
 | 
						|
the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost side being V = 0 and the rightmost
 | 
						|
side being V = 255. The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis,
 | 
						|
with the top representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value of
 | 
						|
a pixel of the input clip. The graph can therefore be used to read the hue
 | 
						|
(color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color). As
 | 
						|
the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of the
 | 
						|
square the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel has no
 | 
						|
color. If the amount of a specific color is increased (while leaving the other
 | 
						|
colors unchanged) the saturation increases, and the indicator moves towards
 | 
						|
the edge of the square.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color2
 | 
						|
Chroma values in vectorscope, similar as @code{color} but actual chroma values
 | 
						|
are displayed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item waveform
 | 
						|
Per row/column color component graph. In row mode, the graph on the left side
 | 
						|
represents color component value 0 and the right side represents value = 255.
 | 
						|
In column mode, the top side represents color component value = 0 and bottom
 | 
						|
side represents value = 255.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{levels}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item level_height
 | 
						|
Set height of level in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{200}.
 | 
						|
Allowed range is [50, 2048].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scale_height
 | 
						|
Set height of color scale in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{12}.
 | 
						|
Allowed range is [0, 40].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item step
 | 
						|
Set step for @code{waveform} mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how
 | 
						|
many values of the same luminance are distributed across input rows/columns.
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{10}. Allowed range is [1, 255].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item waveform_mode
 | 
						|
Set mode for @code{waveform}. Can be either @code{row}, or @code{column}.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{row}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item waveform_mirror
 | 
						|
Set mirroring mode for @code{waveform}. @code{0} means unmirrored, @code{1}
 | 
						|
means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left
 | 
						|
side for @code{row} mode and at the top for @code{column} mode. Default is
 | 
						|
@code{0} (unmirrored).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item display_mode
 | 
						|
Set display mode for @code{waveform} and @code{levels}.
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item parade
 | 
						|
Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
 | 
						|
@code{row} waveform mode or one below the other in @code{column} waveform mode
 | 
						|
for @code{waveform} histogram mode. For @code{levels} histogram mode,
 | 
						|
per color component graphs are placed below each other.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Using this display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easy to
 | 
						|
spot color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the
 | 
						|
contours of the top and the bottom graphs of each waveform. Since whites,
 | 
						|
grays, and blacks are characterized by exactly equal amounts of red, green,
 | 
						|
and blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three waveforms of
 | 
						|
roughly equal width/height. If not, the correction is easy to perform by
 | 
						|
making level adjustments the three waveforms.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item overlay
 | 
						|
Presents information identical to that in the @code{parade}, except
 | 
						|
that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly
 | 
						|
over one another.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easier to spot
 | 
						|
relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color
 | 
						|
components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays,
 | 
						|
or blacks.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default is @code{parade}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item levels_mode
 | 
						|
Set mode for @code{levels}. Can be either @code{linear}, or @code{logarithmic}.
 | 
						|
Default is @code{linear}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Calculate and draw histogram:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -i input -vf histogram
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{hqdn3d}
 | 
						|
@section hqdn3d
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This is a high precision/quality 3d denoise filter. It aims to reduce
 | 
						|
image noise, producing smooth images and making still images really
 | 
						|
still. It should enhance compressibility.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following optional parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_spatial
 | 
						|
A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma strength.
 | 
						|
It defaults to 4.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_spatial
 | 
						|
A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma strength.
 | 
						|
It defaults to 3.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_tmp
 | 
						|
A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It defaults to
 | 
						|
6.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_tmp
 | 
						|
A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It defaults to
 | 
						|
@var{luma_tmp}*@var{chroma_spatial}/@var{luma_spatial}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section hue
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
 | 
						|
and defaults to "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
 | 
						|
defaults to "1".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item H
 | 
						|
Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an
 | 
						|
expression, and defaults to "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item b
 | 
						|
Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
 | 
						|
defaults to "0".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@option{h} and @option{H} are mutually exclusive, and can't be
 | 
						|
specified at the same time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @option{b}, @option{h}, @option{H} and @option{s} option values are
 | 
						|
expressions containing the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
frame count of the input frame starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item r
 | 
						|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tb
 | 
						|
time base of the input video
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue=h=90:s=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue=H=PI/2:s=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0
 | 
						|
and 2 over a period of 1 second:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The general fade-in expression can be written as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The general fade-out expression can be written as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item b
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
@item H
 | 
						|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.
 | 
						|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
 | 
						|
value.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section idet
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Detect video interlacing type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter tries to detect if the input is interlaced or progressive,
 | 
						|
top or bottom field first.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item intl_thres
 | 
						|
Set interlacing threshold.
 | 
						|
@item prog_thres
 | 
						|
Set progressive threshold.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section il
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Deinterleave or interleave fields.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter allows one to process interlaced images fields without
 | 
						|
deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2
 | 
						|
fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top
 | 
						|
half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.
 | 
						|
You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_mode, l
 | 
						|
@item chroma_mode, c
 | 
						|
@item alpha_mode, a
 | 
						|
Available values for @var{luma_mode}, @var{chroma_mode} and
 | 
						|
@var{alpha_mode} are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
Do nothing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item deinterleave, d
 | 
						|
Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interleave, i
 | 
						|
Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{none}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_swap, ls
 | 
						|
@item chroma_swap, cs
 | 
						|
@item alpha_swap, as
 | 
						|
Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section interlace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
 | 
						|
lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
 | 
						|
halving the frame rate and preserving image height. A vertical lowpass filter
 | 
						|
is always applied in order to avoid twitter effects and reduce moiré patterns.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
   Original        Original             New Frame
 | 
						|
   Frame 'j'      Frame 'j+1'             (tff)
 | 
						|
  ==========      ===========       ==================
 | 
						|
    Line 0  -------------------->    Frame 'j' Line 0
 | 
						|
    Line 1          Line 1  ---->   Frame 'j+1' Line 1
 | 
						|
    Line 2 --------------------->    Frame 'j' Line 2
 | 
						|
    Line 3          Line 3  ---->   Frame 'j+1' Line 3
 | 
						|
     ...             ...                   ...
 | 
						|
New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following optional parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item scan
 | 
						|
This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even
 | 
						|
(tff - default) or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section kerndeint
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel
 | 
						|
deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce
 | 
						|
progressive frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item thresh
 | 
						|
Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when
 | 
						|
determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer
 | 
						|
in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in
 | 
						|
applying the process on every pixels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map
 | 
						|
Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.
 | 
						|
Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item order
 | 
						|
Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if
 | 
						|
0. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sharp
 | 
						|
Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item twoway
 | 
						|
Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply default values:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Enable additional sharpening:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
kerndeint=sharp=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Paint processed pixels in white:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
kerndeint=map=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{lut3d}
 | 
						|
@section lut3d
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item file
 | 
						|
Set the 3D LUT file name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Currently supported formats:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item 3dl
 | 
						|
AfterEffects
 | 
						|
@item cube
 | 
						|
Iridas
 | 
						|
@item dat
 | 
						|
DaVinci
 | 
						|
@item m3d
 | 
						|
Pandora
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@item interp
 | 
						|
Select interpolation mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item nearest
 | 
						|
Use values from the nearest defined point.
 | 
						|
@item trilinear
 | 
						|
Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.
 | 
						|
@item tetrahedral
 | 
						|
Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value
 | 
						|
to an output value, and apply it to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{lutyuv} applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, @var{lutrgb}
 | 
						|
to an RGB input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters accept the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item c0
 | 
						|
set first pixel component expression
 | 
						|
@item c1
 | 
						|
set second pixel component expression
 | 
						|
@item c2
 | 
						|
set third pixel component expression
 | 
						|
@item c3
 | 
						|
set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item r
 | 
						|
set red component expression
 | 
						|
@item g
 | 
						|
set green component expression
 | 
						|
@item b
 | 
						|
set blue component expression
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
alpha component expression
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
set Y/luminance component expression
 | 
						|
@item u
 | 
						|
set U/Cb component expression
 | 
						|
@item v
 | 
						|
set V/Cr component expression
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for
 | 
						|
the corresponding pixel component values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The exact component associated to each of the @var{c*} options depends on the
 | 
						|
format in input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{lut} filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input,
 | 
						|
@var{lutrgb} requires RGB pixel formats in input, and @var{lutyuv} requires YUV.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
The input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item val
 | 
						|
The input value for the pixel component.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item clipval
 | 
						|
The input value, clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item maxval
 | 
						|
The maximum value for the pixel component.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item minval
 | 
						|
The minimum value for the pixel component.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item negval
 | 
						|
The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the
 | 
						|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range; it corresponds to the expression
 | 
						|
"maxval-clipval+minval".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item clip(val)
 | 
						|
The computed value in @var{val}, clipped to the
 | 
						|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item gammaval(gamma)
 | 
						|
The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value,
 | 
						|
clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range. It corresponds to the
 | 
						|
expression
 | 
						|
"pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,@var{gamma})*(maxval-minval)+minval"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All expressions default to "val".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Negate input video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
 | 
						|
lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The above is the same as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
 | 
						|
lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Negate luminance:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutyuv=y=negval
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Remove chroma components, turning the video into a graytone image:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a luma burning effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutyuv="y=2*val"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Remove green and blue components:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Correct luminance gamma by a factor of 0.5:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Discard least significant bits of luma:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mergeplanes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Merge color channel components from several video streams.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input
 | 
						|
planes to the output video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mapping
 | 
						|
Set input to output plane mapping. Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a
 | 
						|
hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the
 | 
						|
mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of
 | 
						|
the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the
 | 
						|
corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
 | 
						|
similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second
 | 
						|
plane, 'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and
 | 
						|
'Dd' describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item format
 | 
						|
Set output pixel format. Default is @code{yuva444p}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mcdeint
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together
 | 
						|
with yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set the deinterlacing mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts one of the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item fast
 | 
						|
@item medium
 | 
						|
@item slow
 | 
						|
use iterative motion estimation
 | 
						|
@item extra_slow
 | 
						|
like @samp{slow}, but use multiple reference frames.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{fast}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item parity
 | 
						|
Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be
 | 
						|
one of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item 0, tff
 | 
						|
assume top field first
 | 
						|
@item 1, bff
 | 
						|
assume bottom field first
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{bff}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item qp
 | 
						|
Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal
 | 
						|
encoder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less
 | 
						|
optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply an MPlayer filter to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter provides a wrapper around some of the filters of
 | 
						|
MPlayer/MEncoder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This wrapper is considered experimental. Some of the wrapped filters
 | 
						|
may not work properly and we may drop support for them, as they will
 | 
						|
be implemented natively into FFmpeg. Thus you should avoid
 | 
						|
depending on them when writing portable scripts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the parameters:
 | 
						|
@var{filter_name}[:=]@var{filter_params}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{filter_name} is the name of a supported MPlayer filter,
 | 
						|
@var{filter_params} is a string containing the parameters accepted by
 | 
						|
the named filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The list of the currently supported filters follows:
 | 
						|
@table @var
 | 
						|
@item eq2
 | 
						|
@item eq
 | 
						|
@item fspp
 | 
						|
@item ilpack
 | 
						|
@item pp7
 | 
						|
@item softpulldown
 | 
						|
@item uspp
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameter syntax and behavior for the listed filters are the same
 | 
						|
of the corresponding MPlayer filters. For detailed instructions check
 | 
						|
the "VIDEO FILTERS" section in the MPlayer manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Adjust gamma, brightness, contrast:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
mp=eq2=1.0:2:0.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See also mplayer(1), @url{http://www.mplayerhq.hu/}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mpdecimate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
 | 
						|
order to reduce frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding
 | 
						|
(e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for
 | 
						|
fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted options follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item max
 | 
						|
Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
 | 
						|
positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
 | 
						|
negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the
 | 
						|
number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hi
 | 
						|
@item lo
 | 
						|
@item frac
 | 
						|
Set the dropping threshold values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Values for @option{hi} and @option{lo} are for 8x8 pixel blocks and
 | 
						|
represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
 | 
						|
corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
 | 
						|
out differently over the block.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more
 | 
						|
than a threshold of @option{hi}, and if no more than @option{frac} blocks (1
 | 
						|
meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of @option{lo}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value for @option{hi} is 64*12, default value for @option{lo} is
 | 
						|
64*5, and default value for @option{frac} is 0.33.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section negate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Negate input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts an integer in input; if non-zero it negates the
 | 
						|
alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section noformat
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the
 | 
						|
input to the next filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pix_fmts
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
 | 
						|
apix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Force libavfilter to use a format different from @var{yuv420p} for the
 | 
						|
input to the vflip filter:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section noise
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Add noise on video input frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item all_seed
 | 
						|
@item c0_seed
 | 
						|
@item c1_seed
 | 
						|
@item c2_seed
 | 
						|
@item c3_seed
 | 
						|
Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
 | 
						|
of @var{all_seed}. Default value is @code{123457}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item all_strength, alls
 | 
						|
@item c0_strength, c0s
 | 
						|
@item c1_strength, c1s
 | 
						|
@item c2_strength, c2s
 | 
						|
@item c3_strength, c3s
 | 
						|
Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
 | 
						|
@var{all_strength}. Default value is @code{0}. Allowed range is [0, 100].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item all_flags, allf
 | 
						|
@item c0_flags, c0f
 | 
						|
@item c1_flags, c1f
 | 
						|
@item c2_flags, c2f
 | 
						|
@item c3_flags, c3f
 | 
						|
Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if @var{all_flags}.
 | 
						|
Available values for component flags are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
averaged temporal noise (smoother)
 | 
						|
@item p
 | 
						|
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
 | 
						|
@item u
 | 
						|
uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section null
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section ocv
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a video transform using libopencv.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable this filter, install the libopencv library and headers and
 | 
						|
configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libopencv}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_name
 | 
						|
The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_params
 | 
						|
The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the default
 | 
						|
values are assumed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
 | 
						|
information:
 | 
						|
@url{http://opencv.willowgarage.com/documentation/c/image_filtering.html}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Several libopencv filters are supported; see the following subsections.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{dilate}
 | 
						|
@subsection dilate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.
 | 
						|
It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvDilate}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}|@var{nb_iterations}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{struct_el} represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
 | 
						|
@var{cols}x@var{rows}+@var{anchor_x}x@var{anchor_y}/@var{shape}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{cols} and @var{rows} represent the number of columns and rows of
 | 
						|
the structuring element, @var{anchor_x} and @var{anchor_y} the anchor
 | 
						|
point, and @var{shape} the shape for the structuring element. @var{shape}
 | 
						|
must be "rect", "cross", "ellipse", or "custom".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the value for @var{shape} is "custom", it must be followed by a
 | 
						|
string of the form "=@var{filename}". The file with name
 | 
						|
@var{filename} is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
 | 
						|
printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
 | 
						|
@var{shape} is used, @var{cols} and @var{rows} are ignored, the number
 | 
						|
or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value for @var{struct_el} is "3x3+0x0/rect".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{nb_iterations} specifies the number of times the transform is
 | 
						|
applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Some examples:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
# Use the default values
 | 
						|
ocv=dilate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
# Dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterating two times
 | 
						|
ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
# Read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterating two times.
 | 
						|
# The file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this
 | 
						|
#   *
 | 
						|
#  ***
 | 
						|
# *****
 | 
						|
#  ***
 | 
						|
#   *
 | 
						|
# The specified columns and rows are ignored
 | 
						|
# but the anchor point coordinates are not
 | 
						|
ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection erode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.
 | 
						|
It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvErode}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}:@var{nb_iterations},
 | 
						|
with the same syntax and semantics as the @ref{dilate} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection smooth
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Smooth the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter takes the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@var{type}|@var{param1}|@var{param2}|@var{param3}|@var{param4}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{type} is the type of smooth filter to apply, and must be one of
 | 
						|
the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian",
 | 
						|
or "bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The meaning of @var{param1}, @var{param2}, @var{param3}, and @var{param4}
 | 
						|
depend on the smooth type. @var{param1} and
 | 
						|
@var{param2} accept integer positive values or 0. @var{param3} and
 | 
						|
@var{param4} accept floating point values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value for @var{param1} is 3. The default value for the
 | 
						|
other parameters is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
 | 
						|
libopencv function @code{cvSmooth}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{overlay}
 | 
						|
@section overlay
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Overlay one video on top of another.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main"
 | 
						|
video on which the second input is overlayed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted options follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlayed video
 | 
						|
on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case
 | 
						|
the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the
 | 
						|
overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item eof_action
 | 
						|
The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it accepts
 | 
						|
one of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item repeat
 | 
						|
Repeat the last frame (the default).
 | 
						|
@item endall
 | 
						|
End both streams.
 | 
						|
@item pass
 | 
						|
Pass the main input through.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item eval
 | 
						|
Set when the expressions for @option{x}, and @option{y} are evaluated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item init
 | 
						|
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or
 | 
						|
when a command is processed
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frame
 | 
						|
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{frame}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shortest
 | 
						|
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
 | 
						|
terminates. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item format
 | 
						|
Set the format for the output video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item yuv420
 | 
						|
force YUV420 output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item yuv422
 | 
						|
force YUV422 output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item yuv444
 | 
						|
force YUV444 output
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rgb
 | 
						|
force RGB output
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{yuv420}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rgb @emph{(deprecated)}
 | 
						|
If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB
 | 
						|
color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use
 | 
						|
@option{format} instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item repeatlast
 | 
						|
If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the
 | 
						|
main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
 | 
						|
behavior. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @option{x}, and @option{y} expressions can contain the following
 | 
						|
parameters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item main_w, W
 | 
						|
@item main_h, H
 | 
						|
The main input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item overlay_w, w
 | 
						|
@item overlay_h, h
 | 
						|
The overlay input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
 | 
						|
each new frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output
 | 
						|
format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and
 | 
						|
@var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
The timestamp, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the @var{n}, @var{pos}, @var{t} variables are available only
 | 
						|
when evaluation is done @emph{per frame}, and will evaluate to NAN
 | 
						|
when @option{eval} is set to @samp{init}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
 | 
						|
order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea
 | 
						|
to pass the two inputs through a @var{setpts=PTS-STARTPTS} filter to
 | 
						|
have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as the example for
 | 
						|
the @var{movie} filter does.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
 | 
						|
efficiency of such approach.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
Modify the x and y of the overlay input.
 | 
						|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
 | 
						|
value.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
 | 
						|
video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Using named options the example above becomes:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
 | 
						|
using the @command{ffmpeg} tool with the @code{-filter_complex} option:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom
 | 
						|
right corner) using the @command{ffmpeg} tool:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video; @code{WxH}
 | 
						|
must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
color=color=red@@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
 | 
						|
filter) side by side using the @command{ffplay} tool:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The above command is the same as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the
 | 
						|
screen starting since time 2:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
 | 
						|
nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
 | 
						|
[0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
 | 
						|
[1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
 | 
						|
[background][left]       overlay=shortest=1       [background+left];
 | 
						|
[background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
 | 
						|
"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
 | 
						|
-vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
 | 
						|
masked.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Chain several overlays in cascade:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
 | 
						|
testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
 | 
						|
[in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg]   overlay=0:0     [mid0];
 | 
						|
[in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0   [mid1];
 | 
						|
[in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100   [mid2];
 | 
						|
[in3] null,       [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section owdenoise
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item depth
 | 
						|
Set depth.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but
 | 
						|
slow down filtering.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is @code{8}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_strength, ls
 | 
						|
Set luma strength.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_strength, cs
 | 
						|
Set chroma strength.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section pad
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the
 | 
						|
provided @var{x}, @var{y} coordinates.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
@item height, h
 | 
						|
Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the
 | 
						|
paddings added. If the value for @var{width} or @var{height} is 0, the
 | 
						|
corresponding input size is used for the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{width} expression can reference the value set by the
 | 
						|
@var{height} expression, and vice versa.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{width} and @var{height} is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area,
 | 
						|
with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @var{x} expression can reference the value set by the @var{y}
 | 
						|
expression, and vice versa.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option,
 | 
						|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of @var{color} is "black".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The value for the @var{width}, @var{height}, @var{x}, and @var{y}
 | 
						|
options are expressions containing the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item in_w
 | 
						|
@item in_h
 | 
						|
The input video width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item iw
 | 
						|
@item ih
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_w
 | 
						|
@item out_h
 | 
						|
The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as
 | 
						|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ow
 | 
						|
@item oh
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x
 | 
						|
@item y
 | 
						|
The x and y offsets as specified by the @var{x} and @var{y}
 | 
						|
expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
input sample aspect ratio
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The output video
 | 
						|
size is 640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video is placed at
 | 
						|
column 0, row 40
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad=640:480:0:40:violet
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The example above is equivalent to the following command:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2,
 | 
						|
and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum
 | 
						|
value between the input width and height, and put the input video at
 | 
						|
the center of the padded area:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
 | 
						|
correctly, it is necessary to use @var{sar} in the expression,
 | 
						|
according to the relation:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
(ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
 | 
						|
X = output_dar / sar
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right
 | 
						|
corner of the output padded area:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section perspective
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item x0
 | 
						|
@item y0
 | 
						|
@item x1
 | 
						|
@item y1
 | 
						|
@item x2
 | 
						|
@item y2
 | 
						|
@item x3
 | 
						|
@item y3
 | 
						|
Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners.
 | 
						|
Default values are @code{0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H} with which perspective will remain unchanged.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions can use the following variables:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item W
 | 
						|
@item H
 | 
						|
the width and height of video frame.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interpolation
 | 
						|
Set interpolation for perspective correction.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item linear
 | 
						|
@item cubic
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{linear}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section phase
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
 | 
						|
opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set phase mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
 | 
						|
Filter will delay the bottom field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item b
 | 
						|
Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first.
 | 
						|
Filter will delay the top field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item p
 | 
						|
Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
 | 
						|
for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
 | 
						|
actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
 | 
						|
opposite.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} modes on a frame by frame
 | 
						|
basis using field flags. If no field information is available,
 | 
						|
then this works just like @samp{u}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item u
 | 
						|
Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} on a frame by frame basis by
 | 
						|
analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best
 | 
						|
match between the fields.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item T
 | 
						|
Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item B
 | 
						|
Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item A
 | 
						|
Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using field flags and
 | 
						|
image analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
 | 
						|
like @samp{U}. This is the default mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item U
 | 
						|
Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.
 | 
						|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis only.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section pixdesctest
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal
 | 
						|
testing. The output video should be equal to the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
format=monow, pixdesctest
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section pp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
 | 
						|
library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (@code{--enable-gpl}).
 | 
						|
Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.
 | 
						|
Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
 | 
						|
interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filters accept the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item subfilters
 | 
						|
Set postprocessing subfilters string.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item a/autoq
 | 
						|
Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item c/chrom
 | 
						|
Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item y/nochrom
 | 
						|
Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n/noluma
 | 
						|
Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available subfilters are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
 | 
						|
Horizontal deblocking filter
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item difference
 | 
						|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
 | 
						|
@item flatness
 | 
						|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
 | 
						|
Vertical deblocking filter
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item difference
 | 
						|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
 | 
						|
@item flatness
 | 
						|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
 | 
						|
Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item difference
 | 
						|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
 | 
						|
@item flatness
 | 
						|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
 | 
						|
Accurate vertical deblocking filter
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item difference
 | 
						|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
 | 
						|
@item flatness
 | 
						|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
 | 
						|
flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
 | 
						|
thresholds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item h1/x1hdeblock
 | 
						|
Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item v1/x1vdeblock
 | 
						|
Experimental vertical deblocking filter
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dr/dering
 | 
						|
Deringing filter
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item threshold1
 | 
						|
larger -> stronger filtering
 | 
						|
@item threshold2
 | 
						|
larger -> stronger filtering
 | 
						|
@item threshold3
 | 
						|
larger -> stronger filtering
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item f/fullyrange
 | 
						|
Stretch luminance to @code{0-255}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item lb/linblenddeint
 | 
						|
Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
 | 
						|
filtering all lines with a @code{(1 2 1)} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item li/linipoldeint
 | 
						|
Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
 | 
						|
linearly interpolating every second line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ci/cubicipoldeint
 | 
						|
Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
 | 
						|
cubically interpolating every second line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item md/mediandeint
 | 
						|
Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
 | 
						|
median filter to every second line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fd/ffmpegdeint
 | 
						|
FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every
 | 
						|
second line with a @code{(-1 4 2 4 -1)} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item l5/lowpass5
 | 
						|
Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
 | 
						|
block by filtering all lines with a @code{(-1 2 6 2 -1)} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
 | 
						|
Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you
 | 
						|
specify.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item quantizer
 | 
						|
Quantizer to use
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item de/default
 | 
						|
Default pp filter combination (@code{hb|a,vb|a,dr|a})
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fa/fast
 | 
						|
Fast pp filter combination (@code{h1|a,v1|a,dr|a})
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ac
 | 
						|
High quality pp filter combination (@code{ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a})
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
 | 
						|
brightness/contrast:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pp=hb/vb/dr/al
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pp=de/-al
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
 | 
						|
automatically depending on available CPU time:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
pp=hb|y/vb|a
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section psnr
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise
 | 
						|
Ratio) between two input videos.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
 | 
						|
considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
 | 
						|
output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for computing
 | 
						|
the PSNR.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for
 | 
						|
this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs
 | 
						|
have the same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each
 | 
						|
frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames
 | 
						|
equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the
 | 
						|
image.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item stats_file, f
 | 
						|
If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of
 | 
						|
each individual frame.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The file printed if @var{stats_file} is selected, contains a sequence of
 | 
						|
key/value pairs of the form @var{key}:@var{value} for each compared
 | 
						|
couple of frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mse_avg
 | 
						|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
 | 
						|
frames, averaged over all the image components.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_g, mse_a
 | 
						|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
 | 
						|
frames for the component specified by the suffix.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a
 | 
						|
Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component
 | 
						|
specified by the suffix.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
 | 
						|
[main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
On this example the input file being processed is compared with the
 | 
						|
reference file @file{ref_movie.mpg}. The PSNR of each individual frame
 | 
						|
is stored in @file{stats.log}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{pullup}
 | 
						|
@section pullup
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
 | 
						|
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
 | 
						|
content.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making
 | 
						|
its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock
 | 
						|
onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
 | 
						|
fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after
 | 
						|
pullup, use @code{fps=24000/1001} if the input frame rate is 29.97fps,
 | 
						|
@code{fps=24} for 30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item jl
 | 
						|
@item jr
 | 
						|
@item jt
 | 
						|
@item jb
 | 
						|
These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and
 | 
						|
bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels,
 | 
						|
while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines.
 | 
						|
The default is 8 pixels on each side.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sb
 | 
						|
Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
 | 
						|
filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
 | 
						|
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
 | 
						|
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily.
 | 
						|
This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between
 | 
						|
the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mp
 | 
						|
Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item l
 | 
						|
Use luma plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item u
 | 
						|
Use chroma blue plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item v
 | 
						|
Use chroma red plane.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane
 | 
						|
for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean
 | 
						|
source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there
 | 
						|
is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.
 | 
						|
The main purpose of setting @option{mp} to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
 | 
						|
load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is
 | 
						|
necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse
 | 
						|
telecine NTSC input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section removelogo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which
 | 
						|
pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that
 | 
						|
comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filename, f
 | 
						|
Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
 | 
						|
libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the
 | 
						|
video stream being processed.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
 | 
						|
considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of
 | 
						|
the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the
 | 
						|
rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is
 | 
						|
recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo
 | 
						|
visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode
 | 
						|
filter once or twice.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if
 | 
						|
logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much
 | 
						|
reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as
 | 
						|
much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over
 | 
						|
the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra
 | 
						|
pixels will slow things down on a large logo.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section rotate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A description of the optional parameters follows.
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item angle, a
 | 
						|
Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video
 | 
						|
clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will
 | 
						|
result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated for each frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_w, ow
 | 
						|
Set the output width expression, default value is "iw".
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_h, oh
 | 
						|
Set the output height expression, default value is "ih".
 | 
						|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bilinear
 | 
						|
Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables
 | 
						|
it. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fillcolor, c
 | 
						|
Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated
 | 
						|
image. For the generalsyntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no
 | 
						|
background is printed (useful for example if the background is never shown).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is "black".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the
 | 
						|
following constants and functions:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN
 | 
						|
before the first frame is filtered.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is
 | 
						|
configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_w, iw
 | 
						|
@item in_h, ih
 | 
						|
the input video width and height
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_w, ow
 | 
						|
@item out_h, oh
 | 
						|
the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
 | 
						|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rotw(a)
 | 
						|
@item roth(a)
 | 
						|
the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input
 | 
						|
video rotated by @var{a} radians.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These are only available when computing the @option{out_w} and
 | 
						|
@option{out_h} expressions.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=PI/6
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=-PI/6
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=45*PI/180
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T
 | 
						|
seconds and an amplitude of A radians:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating
 | 
						|
input video is always completely contained in the output:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever
 | 
						|
shown:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item a, angle
 | 
						|
Set the angle expression.
 | 
						|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
 | 
						|
value.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section sab
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_radius, lr
 | 
						|
Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default
 | 
						|
value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and
 | 
						|
in slower processing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr
 | 
						|
Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default
 | 
						|
value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_strength, ls
 | 
						|
Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must
 | 
						|
be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_radius, cr
 | 
						|
Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0. A
 | 
						|
greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
 | 
						|
processing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr
 | 
						|
Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_strength, cs
 | 
						|
Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered,
 | 
						|
must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the
 | 
						|
corresponding luma option value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{scale}
 | 
						|
@section scale
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same
 | 
						|
of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the input image format is different from the format requested by
 | 
						|
the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the
 | 
						|
requested format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Options
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options
 | 
						|
supported by the libswscale scaler.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See @ref{scaler_options,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for
 | 
						|
the complete list of scaler options.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item width, w
 | 
						|
@item height, h
 | 
						|
Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
 | 
						|
dimension.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that
 | 
						|
maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
 | 
						|
other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is
 | 
						|
used
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value
 | 
						|
that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other
 | 
						|
specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated
 | 
						|
dimension is divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension
 | 
						|
expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interl
 | 
						|
Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item 1
 | 
						|
Force interlaced aware scaling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 0
 | 
						|
Do not apply interlaced scaling.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item -1
 | 
						|
Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames
 | 
						|
are flagged as interlaced or not.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item flags
 | 
						|
Set libswscale scaling flags. See
 | 
						|
@ref{sws_flags,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for the
 | 
						|
complete list of values. If not explicitly specified the filter applies
 | 
						|
the default flags.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_color_matrix
 | 
						|
@item out_color_matrix
 | 
						|
Set in/output YCbCr color space type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
 | 
						|
a specific value used for the output and encoder.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Possible values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item auto
 | 
						|
Choose automatically.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bt709
 | 
						|
Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
 | 
						|
Recommendation BT.709.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fcc
 | 
						|
Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications
 | 
						|
Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bt601
 | 
						|
Set color space conforming to:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item smpte240m
 | 
						|
Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item in_range
 | 
						|
@item out_range
 | 
						|
Set in/output YCbCr sample range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
 | 
						|
a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the
 | 
						|
range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item auto
 | 
						|
Choose automatically.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item jpeg/full/pc
 | 
						|
Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mpeg/tv
 | 
						|
Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item force_original_aspect_ratio
 | 
						|
Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to
 | 
						|
keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item disable
 | 
						|
Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item decrease
 | 
						|
The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item increase
 | 
						|
The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's
 | 
						|
maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to
 | 
						|
that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows
 | 
						|
1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to
 | 
						|
decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the output
 | 
						|
1280x533.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for @option{w}
 | 
						|
or @option{h}, you still need to specify the output resolution for this option
 | 
						|
to work.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The values of the @option{w} and @option{h} options are expressions
 | 
						|
containing the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @var
 | 
						|
@item in_w
 | 
						|
@item in_h
 | 
						|
The input width and height
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item iw
 | 
						|
@item ih
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out_w
 | 
						|
@item out_h
 | 
						|
The output (scaled) width and height
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ow
 | 
						|
@item oh
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
The same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
input sample aspect ratio
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from @code{(iw / ih) * sar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub
 | 
						|
@item vsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ohsub
 | 
						|
@item ovsub
 | 
						|
horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Scale the input video to a size of 200x100
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=w=200:h=100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This is equivalent to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=200:100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
or:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=200x100
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=qcif
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
which can also be written as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=size=qcif
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Scale the input to 2x:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
The above is the same as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Scale the input to half size:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=3/2*iw:ow
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Seek Greek harmony:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
 | 
						|
scale=ih*PHI:ih
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma
 | 
						|
subsample values:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels,
 | 
						|
keeping the same aspect ratio as the input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section separatefields
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{separatefields} takes a frame-based video input and splits
 | 
						|
each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip
 | 
						|
with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which
 | 
						|
of each pair of fields to place first in the output.
 | 
						|
If it gets it wrong use @ref{setfield} filter before @code{separatefields} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section setdar, setsar
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{setdar} filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter
 | 
						|
output video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
 | 
						|
Ratio, according to the following equation:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{DAR} = @var{HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION} / @var{VERTICAL_RESOLUTION} * @var{SAR}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Keep in mind that the @code{setdar} filter does not modify the pixel
 | 
						|
dimensions of the video frame. Also, the display aspect ratio set by
 | 
						|
this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain,
 | 
						|
e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
 | 
						|
applied.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{setsar} filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for
 | 
						|
the filter output video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
 | 
						|
output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation
 | 
						|
above.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the @code{setsar}
 | 
						|
filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if
 | 
						|
another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item r, ratio, dar (@code{setdar} only), sar (@code{setsar} only)
 | 
						|
Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or
 | 
						|
a string of the form @var{num}:@var{den}, where @var{num} and
 | 
						|
@var{den} are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
 | 
						|
the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".
 | 
						|
In case the form "@var{num}:@var{den}" is used, the @code{:} character
 | 
						|
should be escaped.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item max
 | 
						|
Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
 | 
						|
denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{100}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The parameter @var{sar} is an expression containing
 | 
						|
the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item E, PI, PHI
 | 
						|
These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e
 | 
						|
(Euler's number), pi (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item w, h
 | 
						|
The input width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
These are the same as @var{w} / @var{h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
The input sample aspect ratio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dar
 | 
						|
The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as
 | 
						|
(@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item hsub, vsub
 | 
						|
Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
 | 
						|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setdar=dar=1.77777
 | 
						|
setdar=dar=16/9
 | 
						|
setdar=dar=1.77777
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setsar=sar=10/11
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of
 | 
						|
1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{setfield}
 | 
						|
@section setfield
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Force field for the output video frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{setfield} filter marks the interlace type field for the
 | 
						|
output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the
 | 
						|
corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by
 | 
						|
following filters (e.g. @code{fieldorder} or @code{yadif}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item auto
 | 
						|
Keep the same field property.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bff
 | 
						|
Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tff
 | 
						|
Mark the frame as top-field-first.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item prog
 | 
						|
Mark the frame as progressive.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section showinfo
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.
 | 
						|
The input video is not modified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
 | 
						|
@var{key}:@var{value}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
 | 
						|
time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts_time
 | 
						|
The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
 | 
						|
seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information is
 | 
						|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item fmt
 | 
						|
The pixel format name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
 | 
						|
@var{num}/@var{den}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item s
 | 
						|
The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item i
 | 
						|
The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B"
 | 
						|
for bottom field first).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item iskey
 | 
						|
This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item type
 | 
						|
The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a
 | 
						|
P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, or "?" for an unknown type).
 | 
						|
Also refer to the documentation of the @code{AVPictureType} enum and of
 | 
						|
the @code{av_get_picture_type_char} function defined in
 | 
						|
@file{libavutil/avutil.h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item checksum
 | 
						|
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item plane_checksum
 | 
						|
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
 | 
						|
expressed in the form "[@var{c0} @var{c1} @var{c2} @var{c3}]".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section shuffleplanes
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map0
 | 
						|
The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map1
 | 
						|
The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map2
 | 
						|
The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item map3
 | 
						|
The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Swap the second and third planes of the input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{smartblur}
 | 
						|
@section smartblur
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_radius, lr
 | 
						|
Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in
 | 
						|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
 | 
						|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_strength, ls
 | 
						|
Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number
 | 
						|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
 | 
						|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
 | 
						|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_threshold, lt
 | 
						|
Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
 | 
						|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
 | 
						|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
 | 
						|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
 | 
						|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_radius, cr
 | 
						|
Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in
 | 
						|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
 | 
						|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_strength, cs
 | 
						|
Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number
 | 
						|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
 | 
						|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
 | 
						|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_threshold, ct
 | 
						|
Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
 | 
						|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
 | 
						|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
 | 
						|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
 | 
						|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value
 | 
						|
is set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section stereo3d
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filters accept the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item in
 | 
						|
Set stereoscopic image format of input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values for input image formats are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item sbsl
 | 
						|
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sbsr
 | 
						|
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sbs2l
 | 
						|
side by side parallel with half width resolution
 | 
						|
(left eye left, right eye right)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sbs2r
 | 
						|
side by side crosseye with half width resolution
 | 
						|
(right eye left, left eye right)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item abl
 | 
						|
above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item abr
 | 
						|
above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ab2l
 | 
						|
above-below with half height resolution
 | 
						|
(left eye above, right eye below)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ab2r
 | 
						|
above-below with half height resolution
 | 
						|
(right eye above, left eye below)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item al
 | 
						|
alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ar
 | 
						|
alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{sbsl}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item out
 | 
						|
Set stereoscopic image format of output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item arbg
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/blue gray
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item argg
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/green gray
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item arcg
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/cyan gray
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item arch
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/cyan half colored
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item arcc
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/cyan color
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item arcd
 | 
						|
anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
 | 
						|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item agmg
 | 
						|
anaglyph green/magenta gray
 | 
						|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item agmh
 | 
						|
anaglyph green/magenta half colored
 | 
						|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item agmc
 | 
						|
anaglyph green/magenta colored
 | 
						|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item agmd
 | 
						|
anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
 | 
						|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item aybg
 | 
						|
anaglyph yellow/blue gray
 | 
						|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item aybh
 | 
						|
anaglyph yellow/blue half colored
 | 
						|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item aybc
 | 
						|
anaglyph yellow/blue colored
 | 
						|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item aybd
 | 
						|
anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
 | 
						|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item irl
 | 
						|
interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item irr
 | 
						|
interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item ml
 | 
						|
mono output (left eye only)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mr
 | 
						|
mono output (right eye only)
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{arcd}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
stereo3d=sbsl:aybd
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Convert input video from above bellow (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side crosseye.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
stereo3d=abl:sbsr
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section spp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image
 | 
						|
at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{6} - all) shifts
 | 
						|
and average the results.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item quality
 | 
						|
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
 | 
						|
an integer in the range 0-6. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no
 | 
						|
effect. A value of @code{6} means the higher quality. For each increment of
 | 
						|
that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2.  Default value is
 | 
						|
@code{3}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item qp
 | 
						|
Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP
 | 
						|
from the video stream (if available).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item hard
 | 
						|
Set hard thresholding (default).
 | 
						|
@item soft
 | 
						|
Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item use_bframe_qp
 | 
						|
Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this
 | 
						|
option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is
 | 
						|
@code{0} (not enabled).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{subtitles}
 | 
						|
@section subtitles
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-libass}. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and
 | 
						|
libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation
 | 
						|
Alpha) subtitles format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filename, f
 | 
						|
Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item original_size
 | 
						|
Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
 | 
						|
was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in
 | 
						|
the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic,
 | 
						|
this is necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been
 | 
						|
changed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item charenc
 | 
						|
Set subtitles input character encoding. @code{subtitles} filter only. Only
 | 
						|
useful if not UTF-8.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value
 | 
						|
specifies the @option{filename}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to render the file @file{sub.srt} on top of the input
 | 
						|
video, use the command:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
subtitles=sub.srt
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
which is equivalent to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
subtitles=filename=sub.srt
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section super2xsai
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and
 | 
						|
Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section swapuv
 | 
						|
Swap U & V plane.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section telecine
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Apply telecine process to the video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item first_field
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item top, t
 | 
						|
top field first
 | 
						|
@item bottom, b
 | 
						|
bottom field first
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{top}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pattern
 | 
						|
A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{23}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
Some typical patterns:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NTSC output (30i):
 | 
						|
27.5p: 32222
 | 
						|
24p: 23 (classic)
 | 
						|
24p: 2332 (preferred)
 | 
						|
20p: 33
 | 
						|
18p: 334
 | 
						|
16p: 3444
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PAL output (25i):
 | 
						|
27.5p: 12222
 | 
						|
24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
 | 
						|
16.67p: 33
 | 
						|
16p: 33333334
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section thumbnail
 | 
						|
Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of @var{n} frames, the filter
 | 
						|
will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of @var{n} frames until
 | 
						|
the end. Default is @code{100}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger @var{n}
 | 
						|
value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Extract one picture each 50 frames:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
thumbnail=50
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Complete example of a thumbnail creation with @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section tile
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Tile several successive frames together.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item layout
 | 
						|
Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of
 | 
						|
this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item nb_frames
 | 
						|
Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less
 | 
						|
than or equal to @var{w}x@var{h}. The default value is @code{0}, meaning all
 | 
						|
the area will be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item margin
 | 
						|
Set the outer border margin in pixels.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item padding
 | 
						|
Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For
 | 
						|
more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges),
 | 
						|
refer to the pad video filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the unused areaFor the syntax of this option, check the
 | 
						|
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value of @var{color}
 | 
						|
is "black".
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (@option{-skip_frame nokey}) in a movie:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
The @option{-vsync 0} is necessary to prevent @command{ffmpeg} from
 | 
						|
duplicating each output frame to accommodate the originally detected frame
 | 
						|
rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Display @code{5} pictures in an area of @code{3x2} frames,
 | 
						|
with @code{7} pixels between them, and @code{2} pixels of initial margin, using
 | 
						|
mixed flat and named options:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section tinterlace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
 | 
						|
considered odd.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified
 | 
						|
as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item merge, 0
 | 
						|
Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
 | 
						|
generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item drop_odd, 1
 | 
						|
Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
 | 
						|
unchanged height at half frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item drop_even, 2
 | 
						|
Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
 | 
						|
unchanged height at half frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pad, 3
 | 
						|
Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
 | 
						|
generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interleave_top, 4
 | 
						|
Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from
 | 
						|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interleave_bottom, 5
 | 
						|
Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from
 | 
						|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interlacex2, 6
 | 
						|
Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
 | 
						|
containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and
 | 
						|
the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on
 | 
						|
the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no
 | 
						|
field synchronisation.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
 | 
						|
compatibility reasons.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default mode is @code{merge}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item flags
 | 
						|
Specify flags influencing the filter process.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available value for @var{flags} is:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item low_pass_filter, vlfp
 | 
						|
Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.
 | 
						|
Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced
 | 
						|
destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency
 | 
						|
vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire
 | 
						|
patterning.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for @option{mode}
 | 
						|
@var{interleave_top} and @var{interleave_bottom}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section transpose
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dir
 | 
						|
Specify the transposition direction.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Can assume the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item 0, 4, cclock_flip
 | 
						|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
L.R     L.l
 | 
						|
. . ->  . .
 | 
						|
l.r     R.r
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 1, 5, clock
 | 
						|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
L.R     l.L
 | 
						|
. . ->  . .
 | 
						|
l.r     r.R
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 2, 6, cclock
 | 
						|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
L.R     R.r
 | 
						|
. . ->  . .
 | 
						|
l.r     L.l
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item 3, 7, clock_flip
 | 
						|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
L.R     r.R
 | 
						|
. . ->  . .
 | 
						|
l.r     l.L
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input
 | 
						|
video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
 | 
						|
deprecated, the @code{passthrough} option should be used instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of
 | 
						|
symbolic constants.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item passthrough
 | 
						|
Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
 | 
						|
specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
Always apply transposition.
 | 
						|
@item portrait
 | 
						|
Preserve portrait geometry (when @var{height} >= @var{width}).
 | 
						|
@item landscape
 | 
						|
Preserve landscape geometry (when @var{width} >= @var{height}).
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{none}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait
 | 
						|
layout:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The command above can also be specified as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
transpose=1:portrait
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section trim
 | 
						|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item start
 | 
						|
Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the
 | 
						|
timestamp @var{start} will be the first frame in the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end
 | 
						|
Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame
 | 
						|
immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be the last
 | 
						|
frame in the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_pts
 | 
						|
This is the same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp
 | 
						|
in timebase units instead of seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_pts
 | 
						|
This is the same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp
 | 
						|
in timebase units instead of seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration
 | 
						|
The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_frame
 | 
						|
The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_frame
 | 
						|
The number of the first frame that should be dropped.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time
 | 
						|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
 | 
						|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the
 | 
						|
frames that pass through the filter. Also note that this filter does not modify
 | 
						|
the timestamps. If you wish for the output timestamps to start at zero, insert a
 | 
						|
setpts filter after the trim filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
 | 
						|
keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
 | 
						|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim
 | 
						|
filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
 | 
						|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Examples:
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Drop everything except the second minute of input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Keep only the first second:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section unsharp
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sharpen or blur the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item luma_msize_x, lx
 | 
						|
Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between
 | 
						|
3 and 63. The default value is 5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_msize_y, ly
 | 
						|
Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3
 | 
						|
and 63. The default value is 5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item luma_amount, la
 | 
						|
Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
 | 
						|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
 | 
						|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is 1.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_msize_x, cx
 | 
						|
Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer
 | 
						|
between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_msize_y, cy
 | 
						|
Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer
 | 
						|
between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item chroma_amount, ca
 | 
						|
Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
 | 
						|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
 | 
						|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is 0.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item opencl
 | 
						|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
 | 
						|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
 | 
						|
string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{vidstabdetect}
 | 
						|
@section vidstabdetect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see
 | 
						|
@ref{vidstabtransform} for pass 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation
 | 
						|
transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used by
 | 
						|
the @ref{vidstabtransform} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item result
 | 
						|
Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information.
 | 
						|
Default value is @file{transforms.trf}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item shakiness
 | 
						|
Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an
 | 
						|
integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a
 | 
						|
value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item accuracy
 | 
						|
Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the
 | 
						|
range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high
 | 
						|
accuracy. Default value is 15.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item stepsize
 | 
						|
Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is
 | 
						|
scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mincontrast
 | 
						|
Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is
 | 
						|
discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default
 | 
						|
value is 0.3.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tripod
 | 
						|
Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame
 | 
						|
in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The idea
 | 
						|
is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep
 | 
						|
the camera view absolutely still.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item show
 | 
						|
Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an
 | 
						|
integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
 | 
						|
visualization.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Use default values:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vidstabdetect
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file
 | 
						|
@file{mytransforms.trf}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting
 | 
						|
video:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vidstabdetect=show=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Analyze a video with medium shakiness using @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{vidstabtransform}
 | 
						|
@section vidstabtransform
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2,
 | 
						|
see @ref{vidstabdetect} for pass 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Read a file with transform information for each frame and
 | 
						|
apply/compensate them. Together with the @ref{vidstabdetect}
 | 
						|
filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also
 | 
						|
@url{http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab}. It is important to also use
 | 
						|
the unsharp filter, see below.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
 | 
						|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Options
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item input
 | 
						|
Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is
 | 
						|
@file{transforms.trf}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item smoothing
 | 
						|
Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the
 | 
						|
camera movements. Default value is 10.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the
 | 
						|
past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A
 | 
						|
larger values leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration
 | 
						|
of the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a
 | 
						|
static camera is simulated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item optalgo
 | 
						|
Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Accepted values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item gauss
 | 
						|
gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
 | 
						|
@item avg
 | 
						|
averaging on transformations
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item maxshift
 | 
						|
Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1,
 | 
						|
meaning no limit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item maxangle
 | 
						|
Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default
 | 
						|
value is -1, meaning no limit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item crop
 | 
						|
Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement
 | 
						|
compensation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item keep
 | 
						|
keep image information from previous frame (default)
 | 
						|
@item black
 | 
						|
fill the border black
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item invert
 | 
						|
Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item relative
 | 
						|
Consider transforms as relative to previsou frame if set to 1,
 | 
						|
absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item zoom
 | 
						|
Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in
 | 
						|
effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no
 | 
						|
zoom).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item optzoom
 | 
						|
Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Accepted values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item 0
 | 
						|
disabled
 | 
						|
@item 1
 | 
						|
optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements
 | 
						|
will lead to visible borders) (default)
 | 
						|
@item 2
 | 
						|
optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be
 | 
						|
visible), see @option{zoomspeed}
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item zoomspeed
 | 
						|
Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when
 | 
						|
@option{optzoom} is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is
 | 
						|
0.25.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interpol
 | 
						|
Specify type of interpolation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item no
 | 
						|
no interpolation
 | 
						|
@item linear
 | 
						|
linear only horizontal
 | 
						|
@item bilinear
 | 
						|
linear in both directions (default)
 | 
						|
@item bicubic
 | 
						|
cubic in both directions (slow)
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tripod
 | 
						|
Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to
 | 
						|
@code{relative=0:smoothing=0}. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Use also @code{tripod} option of @ref{vidstabdetect}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item debug
 | 
						|
Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions
 | 
						|
are written to the temporary file @file{global_motions.trf}. Default
 | 
						|
value is 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Use @command{ffmpeg} for a typical stabilization with default values:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note the use of the unsharp filter which is always recommended.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Smoothen the video even more:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vidstabtransform=smoothing=30
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section vflip
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Flip the input video vertically.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to vertically flip a video with @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section vignette
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item angle, a
 | 
						|
Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The value is clipped in the @code{[0,PI/2]} range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value: @code{"PI/5"}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item x0
 | 
						|
@item y0
 | 
						|
Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively @code{"w/2"} and @code{"h/2"}
 | 
						|
by default.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set forward/backward mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available modes are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item forward
 | 
						|
The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item backward
 | 
						|
The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes.
 | 
						|
This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic
 | 
						|
detection to extract the lens @option{angle} and other settings (yet). It can
 | 
						|
also be used to create a burning effect.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{forward}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item eval
 | 
						|
Set evaluation mode for the expressions (@option{angle}, @option{x0}, @option{y0}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item init
 | 
						|
Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frame
 | 
						|
Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the
 | 
						|
@samp{init} mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it
 | 
						|
allows advanced dynamic expressions.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{init}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item dither
 | 
						|
Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is @code{1}
 | 
						|
(enabled).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item aspect
 | 
						|
Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the vignette.
 | 
						|
Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting
 | 
						|
following the dimensions of the video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default is @code{1/1}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Expressions
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @option{alpha}, @option{x0} and @option{y0} expressions can contain the
 | 
						|
following parameters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item w
 | 
						|
@item h
 | 
						|
input width and height
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in
 | 
						|
@var{TB} units, NAN if undefined
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item r
 | 
						|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
 | 
						|
expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item tb
 | 
						|
time base of the input video
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply simple strong vignetting effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vignette=PI/4
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Make a flickering vignetting:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
vignette='PI/4+random(1)*PI/50':eval=frame
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section w3fdif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field
 | 
						|
Deinterlacing Filter").
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and
 | 
						|
implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim
 | 
						|
Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter
 | 
						|
uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple":
 | 
						|
and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients is used can
 | 
						|
be set by passing an optional parameter:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filter
 | 
						|
Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item simple
 | 
						|
Simple filter coefficient set.
 | 
						|
@item complex
 | 
						|
More-complex filter coefficient set.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{complex}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item deint
 | 
						|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item all
 | 
						|
Deinterlace all frames,
 | 
						|
@item interlaced
 | 
						|
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{all}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{yadif}
 | 
						|
@section yadif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing
 | 
						|
filter").
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item 0, send_frame
 | 
						|
Output one frame for each frame.
 | 
						|
@item 1, send_field
 | 
						|
Output one frame for each field.
 | 
						|
@item 2, send_frame_nospatial
 | 
						|
Like @code{send_frame}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
 | 
						|
@item 3, send_field_nospatial
 | 
						|
Like @code{send_field}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{send_frame}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item parity
 | 
						|
The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one
 | 
						|
of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item 0, tff
 | 
						|
Assume the top field is first.
 | 
						|
@item 1, bff
 | 
						|
Assume the bottom field is first.
 | 
						|
@item -1, auto
 | 
						|
Enable automatic detection of field parity.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{auto}.
 | 
						|
If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
 | 
						|
top field first will be assumed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item deint
 | 
						|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following
 | 
						|
values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item 0, all
 | 
						|
Deinterlace all frames.
 | 
						|
@item 1, interlaced
 | 
						|
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value is @code{all}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end VIDEO FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Video Sources
 | 
						|
@c man begin VIDEO SOURCES
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section buffer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
 | 
						|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item video_size
 | 
						|
Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the
 | 
						|
syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
 | 
						|
manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item width
 | 
						|
The input video width.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item height
 | 
						|
The input video height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pix_fmt
 | 
						|
A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.
 | 
						|
It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
 | 
						|
name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item time_base
 | 
						|
Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item frame_rate
 | 
						|
Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pixel_aspect, sar
 | 
						|
The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sws_param
 | 
						|
Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which
 | 
						|
is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the
 | 
						|
input size or format.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and
 | 
						|
with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and
 | 
						|
square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).
 | 
						|
Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6
 | 
						|
(check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in @file{libavutil/pixfmt.h}),
 | 
						|
this example corresponds to:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this
 | 
						|
syntax is deprecated:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{width}:@var{height}:@var{pix_fmt}:@var{time_base.num}:@var{time_base.den}:@var{pixel_aspect.num}:@var{pixel_aspect.den}[:@var{sws_param}]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section cellauto
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the
 | 
						|
@option{filename}, and @option{pattern} options. If such options are
 | 
						|
not specified an initial state is created randomly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of
 | 
						|
the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole
 | 
						|
frame is filled is defined by the @option{scroll} option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filename, f
 | 
						|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
 | 
						|
the specified file.
 | 
						|
In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive
 | 
						|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
 | 
						|
file will be ignored.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pattern, p
 | 
						|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
 | 
						|
the specified string.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive
 | 
						|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
 | 
						|
string will be ignored.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
 | 
						|
Default is 25.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio
 | 
						|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It
 | 
						|
is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
 | 
						|
1/PHI.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item random_seed, seed
 | 
						|
Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
 | 
						|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
 | 
						|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
 | 
						|
effort basis.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rule
 | 
						|
Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
 | 
						|
Default value is 110.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check
 | 
						|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{filename} or @option{pattern} is specified, the size is set
 | 
						|
by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
 | 
						|
height is set to @var{width} * PHI.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{size} is set, it must contain the width of the specified
 | 
						|
pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the
 | 
						|
larger row.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value
 | 
						|
defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scroll
 | 
						|
If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output
 | 
						|
have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be
 | 
						|
written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled.
 | 
						|
Defaults to 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_full, full
 | 
						|
If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
 | 
						|
outputting the first frame.
 | 
						|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item stitch
 | 
						|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.
 | 
						|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read the initial state from @file{pattern}, and specify an output of
 | 
						|
size 200x400.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill
 | 
						|
ratio of 2/3:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
 | 
						|
centered on an initial row with width 100:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
cellauto=p=@@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
cellauto=p='@@@@ @@ @@@@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mandelbrot
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the
 | 
						|
point specified with @var{start_x} and @var{start_y}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_pts
 | 
						|
Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item end_scale
 | 
						|
Set the terminal scale value.
 | 
						|
Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item inner
 | 
						|
Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
 | 
						|
Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It shall assume one of the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item black
 | 
						|
Set black mode.
 | 
						|
@item convergence
 | 
						|
Show time until convergence.
 | 
						|
@item mincol
 | 
						|
Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
 | 
						|
@item period
 | 
						|
Set period mode.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{mincol}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item bailout
 | 
						|
Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item maxiter
 | 
						|
Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering
 | 
						|
algorithm. Default value is 7189.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item outer
 | 
						|
Set outer coloring mode.
 | 
						|
It shall assume one of following values:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item iteration_count
 | 
						|
Set iteration cound mode.
 | 
						|
@item normalized_iteration_count
 | 
						|
set normalized iteration count mode.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
Default value is @var{normalized_iteration_count}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default
 | 
						|
value is "25".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video
 | 
						|
size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_scale
 | 
						|
Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_x
 | 
						|
Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between
 | 
						|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_y
 | 
						|
Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between
 | 
						|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section mptestsrc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.
 | 
						|
This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
 | 
						|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
 | 
						|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
 | 
						|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
 | 
						|
"25".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[-]HH:MM:SS[.m...]
 | 
						|
[-]S+[.m...]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
 | 
						|
supposed to be generated forever.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item test, t
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item dc_luma
 | 
						|
@item dc_chroma
 | 
						|
@item freq_luma
 | 
						|
@item freq_chroma
 | 
						|
@item amp_luma
 | 
						|
@item amp_chroma
 | 
						|
@item cbp
 | 
						|
@item mv
 | 
						|
@item ring1
 | 
						|
@item ring2
 | 
						|
@item all
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Some examples:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
testsrc=t=dc_luma
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section frei0r_src
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Provide a frei0r source.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
 | 
						|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size
 | 
						|
The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the
 | 
						|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item framerate
 | 
						|
The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form
 | 
						|
@var{num}/@var{den} or a frame rate abbreviation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_name
 | 
						|
The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and
 | 
						|
how to set the parameters, read the @ref{frei0r} section in the video filters
 | 
						|
documentation.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item filter_params
 | 
						|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200
 | 
						|
and frame rate 10 which is overlayed on the overlay filter main input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section life
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Generate a life pattern.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell
 | 
						|
which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
 | 
						|
interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
 | 
						|
horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule,
 | 
						|
which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
 | 
						|
cell stay alive or born. The @option{rule} option allows one to specify
 | 
						|
the rule to adopt.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This source accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filename, f
 | 
						|
Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file,
 | 
						|
each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline
 | 
						|
is used to delimit the end of each row.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
 | 
						|
randomly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
 | 
						|
Default is 25.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio
 | 
						|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a
 | 
						|
floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
 | 
						|
It is ignored when a file is specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item random_seed, seed
 | 
						|
Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
 | 
						|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
 | 
						|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
 | 
						|
effort basis.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rule
 | 
						|
Set the life rule.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S@var{NS}/B@var{NB}",
 | 
						|
where @var{NS} and @var{NB} are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8,
 | 
						|
@var{NS} specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
 | 
						|
live cell stay alive, and @var{NB} the number of alive neighbor cells
 | 
						|
which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born").
 | 
						|
"s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9
 | 
						|
high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
 | 
						|
for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify
 | 
						|
the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
 | 
						|
higher number of neighbor cells.
 | 
						|
For example the number 6153 = @code{(12<<9)+9} specifies a stay alive
 | 
						|
rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life
 | 
						|
rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
 | 
						|
cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around
 | 
						|
a dead cell.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
 | 
						|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @option{filename} is specified, the size is set by default to the
 | 
						|
same size of the input file. If @option{size} is set, it must contain
 | 
						|
the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
 | 
						|
that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240"
 | 
						|
(used for a randomly generated initial grid).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item stitch
 | 
						|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the
 | 
						|
top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mold
 | 
						|
Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from @option{death_color} to
 | 
						|
@option{mold_color} with a step of @option{mold}. @option{mold} can have a
 | 
						|
value from 0 to 255.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item life_color
 | 
						|
Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item death_color
 | 
						|
Set the color of dead cells. If @option{mold} is set, this is the first color
 | 
						|
used to represent a dead cell.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mold_color
 | 
						|
Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read a grid from @file{pattern}, and center it on a grid of size
 | 
						|
300x300 pixels:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
life=f=pattern:s=300x300
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
life=rule=S14/B34
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Full example with slow death effect (mold) using @command{ffplay}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{color}
 | 
						|
@anchor{haldclutsrc}
 | 
						|
@anchor{nullsrc}
 | 
						|
@anchor{rgbtestsrc}
 | 
						|
@anchor{smptebars}
 | 
						|
@anchor{smptehdbars}
 | 
						|
@anchor{testsrc}
 | 
						|
@section color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{color} source provides an uniformly colored input.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{haldclutsrc} source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also
 | 
						|
@ref{haldclut} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{nullsrc} source returns unprocessed video frames. It is
 | 
						|
mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the
 | 
						|
source for filters which ignore the input data.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{rgbtestsrc} source generates an RGB test pattern useful for
 | 
						|
detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue
 | 
						|
stripe from top to bottom.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{smptebars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
 | 
						|
the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{smptehdbars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
 | 
						|
the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{testsrc} source generates a test video pattern, showing a
 | 
						|
color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly
 | 
						|
intended for testing purposes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The sources accept the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color, c
 | 
						|
Specify the color of the source, only available in the @code{color}
 | 
						|
source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
 | 
						|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item level
 | 
						|
Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the @code{haldclutsrc}
 | 
						|
source. A level of @code{N} generates a picture of @code{N*N*N} by @code{N*N*N}
 | 
						|
pixels to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is
 | 
						|
coded on a @code{1/(N*N)} scale.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the
 | 
						|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value is
 | 
						|
"320x240".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This option is not available with the @code{haldclutsrc} filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
 | 
						|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
 | 
						|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
 | 
						|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
 | 
						|
"25".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sar
 | 
						|
Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item duration, d
 | 
						|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
 | 
						|
[-]S+[.m...]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
Also see the the @code{av_parse_time()} function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
 | 
						|
supposed to be generated forever.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item decimals, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the
 | 
						|
@code{testsrc} source.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
 | 
						|
timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified
 | 
						|
value. Default value is 0.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example the following:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size
 | 
						|
176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The following graph description will generate a red source
 | 
						|
with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10
 | 
						|
frames per second.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
color=c=red@@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the input content is to be ignored, @code{nullsrc} can be used. The
 | 
						|
following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing
 | 
						|
the @code{geq} filter:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{color} source supports the following commands:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item c, color
 | 
						|
Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the
 | 
						|
corresponding @option{color} option.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end VIDEO SOURCES
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Video Sinks
 | 
						|
@c man begin VIDEO SINKS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section buffersink
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter
 | 
						|
graph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
 | 
						|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
 | 
						|
or the options system.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
 | 
						|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
 | 
						|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section nullsink
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Null video sink: do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is
 | 
						|
mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
 | 
						|
tools.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end VIDEO SINKS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Multimedia Filters
 | 
						|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section avectorscope
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector
 | 
						|
scope.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo
 | 
						|
audio stream. A monoaural signal, consisting of identical left and right
 | 
						|
signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible
 | 
						|
as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure.
 | 
						|
If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this
 | 
						|
indicates that the left and right channels are out of phase.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mode, m
 | 
						|
Set the vectorscope mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item lissajous
 | 
						|
Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item lissajous_xy
 | 
						|
Same as above but not rotated.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{lissajous}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is @code{400x400}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the output frame rate. Default value is @code{25}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rc
 | 
						|
@item gc
 | 
						|
@item bc
 | 
						|
Specify the red, green and blue contrast. Default values are @code{40}, @code{160} and @code{80}.
 | 
						|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rf
 | 
						|
@item gf
 | 
						|
@item bf
 | 
						|
Specify the red, green and blue fade. Default values are @code{15}, @code{10} and @code{5}.
 | 
						|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item zoom
 | 
						|
Set the zoom factor. Default value is @code{1}. Allowed range is @code{[1, 10]}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Complete example using @command{ffplay}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
 | 
						|
             [a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section concat
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the
 | 
						|
other.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All
 | 
						|
segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will
 | 
						|
also be the number of streams at output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item v
 | 
						|
Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
 | 
						|
streams in each segment. Default is 1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item a
 | 
						|
Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of video
 | 
						|
streams in each segment. Default is 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item unsafe
 | 
						|
Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter has @var{v}+@var{a} outputs: first @var{v} video outputs, then
 | 
						|
@var{a} audio outputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
There are @var{n}x(@var{v}+@var{a}) inputs: first the inputs for the first
 | 
						|
segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second
 | 
						|
segment, etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various
 | 
						|
reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason,
 | 
						|
related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
 | 
						|
concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest
 | 
						|
stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter
 | 
						|
audio streams with silence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the
 | 
						|
filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video
 | 
						|
streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for
 | 
						|
audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted
 | 
						|
explicitly by the user.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate
 | 
						|
at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
 | 
						|
(video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
 | 
						|
  '[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
 | 
						|
   concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
 | 
						|
  -map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
 | 
						|
(a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
 | 
						|
movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
 | 
						|
[v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams
 | 
						|
do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section ebur128
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs
 | 
						|
it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
 | 
						|
Momentary loudness (identified by @code{M}), Short-term loudness (@code{S}),
 | 
						|
Integrated loudness (@code{I}) and Loudness Range (@code{LRA}).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter also has a video output (see the @var{video} option) with a real
 | 
						|
time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged
 | 
						|
message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set,
 | 
						|
unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the
 | 
						|
short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for
 | 
						|
the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
 | 
						|
@url{http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item video
 | 
						|
Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this
 | 
						|
option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if
 | 
						|
activated. Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item size
 | 
						|
Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this
 | 
						|
option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default
 | 
						|
and minimum resolution is @code{640x480}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item meter
 | 
						|
Set the EBU scale meter. Default is @code{9}. Common values are @code{9} and
 | 
						|
@code{18}, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any
 | 
						|
other integer value between this range is allowed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item metadata
 | 
						|
Set metadata injection. If set to @code{1}, the audio input will be segmented
 | 
						|
into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information
 | 
						|
in metadata.  All the metadata keys are prefixed with @code{lavfi.r128.}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default is @code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item framelog
 | 
						|
Force the frame logging level.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item info
 | 
						|
information logging level
 | 
						|
@item verbose
 | 
						|
verbose logging level
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
By default, the logging level is set to @var{info}. If the @option{video} or
 | 
						|
the @option{metadata} options are set, it switches to @var{verbose}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item peak
 | 
						|
Set peak mode(s).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a @code{flag} type). Possible
 | 
						|
values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
Disable any peak mode (default).
 | 
						|
@item sample
 | 
						|
Enable sample-peak mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message
 | 
						|
for sample-peak (identified by @code{SPK}).
 | 
						|
@item true
 | 
						|
Enable true-peak mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input
 | 
						|
stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak.
 | 
						|
(identified by @code{TPK}) and true-peak per frame (identified by @code{FTPK}).
 | 
						|
This mode requires a build with @code{libswresample}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Real-time graph using @command{ffplay}, with a EBU scale meter +18:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Run an analysis with @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section interleave, ainterleave
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{interleave} works with video inputs, @code{ainterleave} with audio.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest
 | 
						|
queued frame to the output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Input streams must have a well defined, monotonically increasing frame
 | 
						|
timestamp values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue
 | 
						|
at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one
 | 
						|
input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example consider the case when one input is a @code{select} filter
 | 
						|
which always drop input frames. The @code{interleave} filter will keep
 | 
						|
reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames
 | 
						|
to output until the input will send an end-of-stream signal.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop
 | 
						|
frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and
 | 
						|
the queue is already filled.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters accept the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item nb_inputs, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Interleave frames belonging to different streams using @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Add flickering blur effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section perms, aperms
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the
 | 
						|
following filter in the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filters accept the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Select the permissions mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
Do nothing. This is the default.
 | 
						|
@item ro
 | 
						|
Set all the output frames read-only.
 | 
						|
@item rw
 | 
						|
Set all the output frames directly writable.
 | 
						|
@item toggle
 | 
						|
Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
 | 
						|
@item random
 | 
						|
Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item seed
 | 
						|
Set the seed for the @var{random} mode, must be an integer included between
 | 
						|
@code{0} and @code{UINT32_MAX}. If not specified, or if explicitly set to
 | 
						|
@code{-1}, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
 | 
						|
basis.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the
 | 
						|
following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that
 | 
						|
following filter. Inserting a @ref{format} or @ref{aformat} filter before the
 | 
						|
perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section select, aselect
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Select frames to pass in output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expr, e
 | 
						|
Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the
 | 
						|
first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
 | 
						|
@code{ceil(val)-1}, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For example a value of @code{1.2} corresponds to the output with index
 | 
						|
@code{ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1}, that is the second output.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item outputs, n
 | 
						|
Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected
 | 
						|
frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expression can contain the following constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item selected_n
 | 
						|
The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item prev_selected_n
 | 
						|
The sequential number of the last selected frame. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item TB
 | 
						|
The timebase of the input timestamps.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pts
 | 
						|
The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
 | 
						|
expressed in @var{TB} units. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item t
 | 
						|
The PTS of the filtered video frame,
 | 
						|
expressed in seconds. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item prev_pts
 | 
						|
The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item prev_selected_pts
 | 
						|
The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item prev_selected_t
 | 
						|
The PTS of the last previously selected video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_pts
 | 
						|
The PTS of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item start_t
 | 
						|
The time of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pict_type @emph{(video only)}
 | 
						|
The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following
 | 
						|
values:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item I
 | 
						|
@item P
 | 
						|
@item B
 | 
						|
@item S
 | 
						|
@item SI
 | 
						|
@item SP
 | 
						|
@item BI
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item interlace_type @emph{(video only)}
 | 
						|
The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item PROGRESSIVE
 | 
						|
The frame is progressive (not interlaced).
 | 
						|
@item TOPFIRST
 | 
						|
The frame is top-field-first.
 | 
						|
@item BOTTOMFIRST
 | 
						|
The frame is bottom-field-first.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item consumed_sample_n @emph{(audio only)}
 | 
						|
the number of selected samples before the current frame
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item samples_n @emph{(audio only)}
 | 
						|
the number of samples in the current frame
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item sample_rate @emph{(audio only)}
 | 
						|
the input sample rate
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item key
 | 
						|
This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item pos
 | 
						|
the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information
 | 
						|
is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scene @emph{(video only)}
 | 
						|
value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
 | 
						|
probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
 | 
						|
value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The default value of the select expression is "1".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select all frames in input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The example above is the same as:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select=1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Skip all frames:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select=0
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select only I-frames:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select one frame every 100:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select='not(mod(n\,100))'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select=between(t\,10\,20)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Comparing @var{scene} against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane
 | 
						|
choice.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section sendcmd, asendcmd
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
 | 
						|
filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{sendcmd} must be inserted between two video filters,
 | 
						|
@code{asendcmd} must be inserted between two audio filters, but apart
 | 
						|
from that they act the same way.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments
 | 
						|
with the @var{commands} option, or in a file specified by the
 | 
						|
@var{filename} option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
These filters accept the following options:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item commands, c
 | 
						|
Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
 | 
						|
@item filename, f
 | 
						|
Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
 | 
						|
filters.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Commands syntax
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
 | 
						|
specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
 | 
						|
particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event
 | 
						|
is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
 | 
						|
interval.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
An interval is specified by the following syntax:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS};
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The time interval is specified by the @var{START} and @var{END} times.
 | 
						|
@var{END} is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if
 | 
						|
it is included in the interval [@var{START}, @var{END}), that is when
 | 
						|
the time is greater or equal to @var{START} and is lesser than
 | 
						|
@var{END}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{COMMANDS} consists of a sequence of one or more command
 | 
						|
specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval.  The
 | 
						|
syntax of a command specification is given by:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[@var{FLAGS}] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} @var{ARG}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{FLAGS} is optional and specifies the type of events relating to
 | 
						|
the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must
 | 
						|
be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
 | 
						|
enclosed between "[" and "]".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The following flags are recognized:
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item enter
 | 
						|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the
 | 
						|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
 | 
						|
previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the
 | 
						|
current is.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item leave
 | 
						|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the
 | 
						|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
 | 
						|
previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the
 | 
						|
current is not.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
If @var{FLAGS} is not specified, a default value of @code{[enter]} is
 | 
						|
assumed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
 | 
						|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for
 | 
						|
the given @var{COMMAND}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
 | 
						|
sequences of characters starting with @code{#} until the end of line,
 | 
						|
are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
 | 
						|
follows:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{COMMAND_FLAG}  ::= "enter" | "leave"
 | 
						|
@var{COMMAND_FLAGS} ::= @var{COMMAND_FLAG} [(+|"|")@var{COMMAND_FLAG}]
 | 
						|
@var{COMMAND}       ::= ["[" @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} "]"] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
 | 
						|
@var{COMMANDS}      ::= @var{COMMAND} [,@var{COMMANDS}]
 | 
						|
@var{INTERVAL}      ::= @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS}
 | 
						|
@var{INTERVALS}     ::= @var{INTERVAL}[;@var{INTERVALS}]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
# show text in the interval 5-10
 | 
						|
5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
 | 
						|
         [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
# desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
 | 
						|
15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
 | 
						|
          [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
 | 
						|
          [leave] hue s 1,
 | 
						|
          [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
# apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
 | 
						|
25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list
 | 
						|
stored in a file @file{test.cmd}, can be specified with:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{setpts}
 | 
						|
@section setpts, asetpts
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{setpts} works on video frames, @code{asetpts} on audio frames.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expr
 | 
						|
The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following
 | 
						|
constants:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item FRAME_RATE
 | 
						|
frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item PTS
 | 
						|
The presentation timestamp in input
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item N
 | 
						|
The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples,
 | 
						|
not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
 | 
						|
The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
 | 
						|
audio)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item NB_SAMPLES, S
 | 
						|
The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item SAMPLE_RATE, SR
 | 
						|
The audio sample rate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item STARTPTS
 | 
						|
The PTS of the first frame.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item STARTT
 | 
						|
the time in seconds of the first frame
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item INTERLACED
 | 
						|
State whether the current frame is interlaced.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item T
 | 
						|
the time in seconds of the current frame
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item POS
 | 
						|
original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined
 | 
						|
for the current frame
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item PREV_INPTS
 | 
						|
The previous input PTS.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item PREV_INT
 | 
						|
previous input time in seconds
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item PREV_OUTPTS
 | 
						|
The previous output PTS.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item PREV_OUTT
 | 
						|
previous output time in seconds
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item RTCTIME
 | 
						|
The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds.. This is deprecated, use time(0)
 | 
						|
instead.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item RTCSTART
 | 
						|
The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item TB
 | 
						|
The timebase of the input timestamps.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Start counting PTS from zero
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts=PTS-STARTPTS
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply fast motion effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts=0.5*PTS
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply slow motion effect:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts=2.0*PTS
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts=N/(25*TB)
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts=PTS+10/TB
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Generate timestamps by counting samples:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
asetpts=N/SR/TB
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section settb, asettb
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.
 | 
						|
It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item expr, tb
 | 
						|
The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The value for @option{tb} is an arithmetic expression representing a
 | 
						|
rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default
 | 
						|
timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate,
 | 
						|
audio only). Default value is "intb".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the timebase to 1/25:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
settb=expr=1/25
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the timebase to 1/10:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
settb=expr=0.1
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
settb=1+0.001
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the timebase to 2*intb:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
settb=2*intb
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Set the default timebase value:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
settb=AVTB
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section showspectrum
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
 | 
						|
spectrum.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
 | 
						|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is
 | 
						|
@code{640x512}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item slide
 | 
						|
Specify if the spectrum should slide along the window. Default value is
 | 
						|
@code{0}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Specify display mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item combined
 | 
						|
all channels are displayed in the same row
 | 
						|
@item separate
 | 
						|
all channels are displayed in separate rows
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{combined}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item color
 | 
						|
Specify display color mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item channel
 | 
						|
each channel is displayed in a separate color
 | 
						|
@item intensity
 | 
						|
each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{channel}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item scale
 | 
						|
Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item lin
 | 
						|
linear
 | 
						|
@item sqrt
 | 
						|
square root, default
 | 
						|
@item cbrt
 | 
						|
cubic root
 | 
						|
@item log
 | 
						|
logarithmic
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @samp{sqrt}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item saturation
 | 
						|
Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
 | 
						|
alternative color scheme. @code{0} is no saturation at all.
 | 
						|
Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{1}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item win_func
 | 
						|
Set window function.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following values:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item none
 | 
						|
No samples pre-processing (do not expect this to be faster)
 | 
						|
@item hann
 | 
						|
Hann window
 | 
						|
@item hamming
 | 
						|
Hamming window
 | 
						|
@item blackman
 | 
						|
Blackman window
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{hann}.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using @command{ffplay}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
 | 
						|
             [a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section showwaves
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts the following options:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item size, s
 | 
						|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
 | 
						|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value
 | 
						|
is "600x240".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item mode
 | 
						|
Set display mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Available values are:
 | 
						|
@table @samp
 | 
						|
@item point
 | 
						|
Draw a point for each sample.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item line
 | 
						|
Draw a vertical line for each sample.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Default value is @code{point}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item n
 | 
						|
Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A
 | 
						|
larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
 | 
						|
integer. This option can be set only if the value for @var{rate}
 | 
						|
is not explicitly specified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item rate, r
 | 
						|
Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
 | 
						|
option @var{n}. Default value is "25".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation
 | 
						|
at the same time:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a
 | 
						|
frame rate of 30 frames per second:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section split, asplit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Split input into several identical outputs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{asplit} works with audio input, @code{split} with video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If
 | 
						|
unspecified, it defaults to 2.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create two separate outputs from the same input:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[in] split [out0][out1]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of
 | 
						|
outputs, like in:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and
 | 
						|
one padded:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
[in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
 | 
						|
[splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0    [cropout];
 | 
						|
[splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Create 5 copies of the input audio with @command{ffmpeg}:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section zmq, azmq
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to
 | 
						|
filters in the filtergraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@code{zmq} and @code{azmq} work as a pass-through filters. @code{zmq}
 | 
						|
must be inserted between two video filters, @code{azmq} between two
 | 
						|
audio filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and
 | 
						|
headers and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libzmq}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For more information about libzmq see:
 | 
						|
@url{http://www.zeromq.org/}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} filters work as a libzmq server, which
 | 
						|
receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the
 | 
						|
@option{bind_address} option.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The received message must be in the form:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
 | 
						|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the
 | 
						|
given @var{COMMAND}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command
 | 
						|
is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter
 | 
						|
will send a reply to the client, adopting the format:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
@var{ERROR_CODE} @var{ERROR_REASON}
 | 
						|
@var{MESSAGE}
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@var{MESSAGE} is optional.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Look at @file{tools/zmqsend} for an example of a zmq client which can
 | 
						|
be used to send commands processed by these filters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Consider the following filtergraph generated by @command{ffplay}
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
 | 
						|
color=s=100x100:c=red  [l];
 | 
						|
color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
 | 
						|
nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
 | 
						|
[bg][l]   overlay      [bg+l];
 | 
						|
[bg+l][r] overlay=x=100 "
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To change the color of the left side of the video, the following
 | 
						|
command can be used:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
To change the right side:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@chapter Multimedia Sources
 | 
						|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@section amovie
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This is the same as @ref{movie} source, except it selects an audio
 | 
						|
stream by default.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@anchor{movie}
 | 
						|
@section movie
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It accepts the following parameters:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@table @option
 | 
						|
@item filename
 | 
						|
The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a
 | 
						|
device or a stream accessed through some protocol).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item format_name, f
 | 
						|
Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either
 | 
						|
the name of a container or an input device. If not specified, the
 | 
						|
format is guessed from @var{movie_name} or by probing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item seek_point, sp
 | 
						|
Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output
 | 
						|
starting from this seek point. The parameter is evaluated with
 | 
						|
@code{av_strtod}, so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS
 | 
						|
postfix. The default value is "0".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item streams, s
 | 
						|
Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified,
 | 
						|
separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the
 | 
						|
same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers''
 | 
						|
section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify
 | 
						|
respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default
 | 
						|
is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item stream_index, si
 | 
						|
Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1,
 | 
						|
the most suitable video stream will be automatically selected. The default
 | 
						|
value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select
 | 
						|
audio instead of video.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item loop
 | 
						|
Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.
 | 
						|
If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
 | 
						|
Default value is "1".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not
 | 
						|
changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.
 | 
						|
@end table
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
It allows overlaying a second video on top of the main input of
 | 
						|
a filtergraph, as shown in this graph:
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
 | 
						|
                                    ^
 | 
						|
                                    |
 | 
						|
movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@subsection Examples
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@itemize
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the AVI file in.avi, and overlay it
 | 
						|
on top of the input labelled "in":
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
 | 
						|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
 | 
						|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
 | 
						|
labelled "in":
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
 | 
						|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
 | 
						|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@item
 | 
						|
Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
 | 
						|
dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is
 | 
						|
connected to the pad named "audio":
 | 
						|
@example
 | 
						|
movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
 | 
						|
@end example
 | 
						|
@end itemize
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
 |